Conference Agenda

Overview and details of the sessions of this conference. Please select a date or location to show only sessions at that day or location. Please select a single session for detailed view (with abstracts and downloads if available).

Please note that all times are shown in the time zone of the conference. The current conference time is: 14th June 2024, 03:52:01am GMT

 
Filter by Track or Type of Session 
Only Sessions at Location/Venue 
 
 
Session Overview
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Capacity: 30 persons
Date: Monday, 21/Aug/2023
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 03 M: Gender and Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Marit Hoveid
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Perceptions and Experiences of Women Academics in Turkey Regarding Mansplaining

Rozerin Yaşa1, Kadriye Begüm Doğruyol Aladak2

1Ankara University, Turkey; 2Marmara University, Turkey

Presenting Author: Yaşa, Rozerin

Abstract

This research aims to examine the perceptions of women academics in Turkey about the concept of mansplaining and to reveal and interpret their experiences of being exposed to it. Mansplaining is defined as the act of explaining something to someone in a patronizing and condescending manner (Reagle, 2016). In other words, it is the practice of a man explaining something to a woman in a way that shows he thinks he knows and understands more than she does (Oxford Dictionary, 2022). Mansplaining, in its simplest form, is the practice of silencing women by men. However, women from different social backgrounds can experience this in different forms and intensities. When the related literature is examined, it is seen that the concept of mansplaining is studied by analysing social media (Bridges, 2017; Lutzsky, 2021), it is analysed through the lens of epistemic injustice and it is determined what mansplaining is and what its damages are (Dular, 2021), a mixed-method study (Koc-Michalska, et al., 2021) which investigated the younger version of mansplaining in primary schools and examined the nature, prevalence and relations of the concept of mansplaining in modern working life. This research will examine the perceptions of women academics in Turkey about mansplaining and reveal their negative experiences, the obstacles and problems they face, the effects of this situation on their academic careers and their solution suggestions to overcome these problems will be revealed and interpreted.

Debates on patriarchy, gender inequalities, gender-based violence, and mansplaining encountered by women both in their social and working life as well as in academia have increased from past to present in European countries and around the world. The intensity of the discussions in this regard suggests that there are still some problems or deficiencies in the implementation of gender equality policies and in the elimination of patriarchy and the masculine mindset in academia.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research is designed with the qualitative method, phenomenological research design. The reason for using the phenomenological design is that it is a design that reveals the ways in which more than one participant makes sense of a phenomenon or a concept they have experienced in phenomenology studies (Creswell, 2014). Criterion sampling technique will be used. It is planned to interview minimum 10 women academics from various universities who are interested in this issue or who have been exposed to mansplaining in their academic career. A semi-structured interview form developed by the researchers will be used to collect the data. NVivo 10 package programme will be used in the analysis of qualitative data. The data will be analysed by the content analysis method. Finally, the findings will be interpreted with key findings summarised and analysed.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research findings are expected to raise national and international awareness of the issue and provide solution suggestions by revealing the problems experienced by women academics in Turkey regarding mansplaining and their perceptions of this concept.
References
Bridges, J. (2017). Gendering metapragmatics in online discourse:“Mansplaining man gonna mansplain…”. Discourse, Context & Media, 20, 94-102.
Creswell, J. W., (2014). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. Los Angeles: Sage Publications.
Dular, N. (2021). Mansplaining as epistemic injustice. Feminist Philosophy Quarterly, 7(1).
Koc-Michalska, K., Schiffrin, A., Lopez, A., Boulianne, S., & Bimber, B. (2021). From online political posting to mansplaining: The gender gap and social media in political discussion. Social Science Computer Review, 39(2), 197-210.
Lutzky, U., & Lawson, R. (2019). Gender politics and discourses of# mansplaining,# manspreading, and# manterruption on Twitter. Social Media+ Society, 5(3), 2056305119861807.
Oxford Dictionary (2022). Mansplaining. https://www.oxfordlearnersdictionaries.com/definition/english/mansplaining?q=mansplaining
Reagle, J. (2016). The obligation to know: From FAQ to Feminism 101. New Media & Society, 18(5), 691-707.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

French Contribution to Trans Studies in Physical Education

Bastien Pouy-Bidard

CY Cergy Paris Université, France

Presenting Author: Pouy-Bidard, Bastien

Far from medical considerations (Stone, 1987), trans studies have become widely established in the field of education and trans*formational pedagogies are currently emerging in different countries (Nicolazzo et al., 2015).

The inclusion of "trans" students divides the French Republican school. Some professionals of the French education system, driven by the universalist tradition of the school as an institution (Haby, 1975) and its gender blind ambition, have difficulty accepting the recognition of students' gender identity. However, for some years now, we have been forced to note the intensification of differentialist orientations in French schools (Jospin, 1989) and the crumbling of the indifference to differences model (Rochex, 2020). Unsurprisingly, in 2021, a memo was published, aiming the actors of the French national education system, and entitled "for a better consideration of gender identity matters in the school environment".

Although the document undeniably provides fairly explicit guidelines, the fact remains that Éducation Physique et Sportive (EPS) – French Physical Education (PE) – is surprisingly evacuated from the subject, leaving the questions expressed by teachers in this discipline unanswered (Couchot-Shiex, 2019).

It must be said that trans studies in Education and Training Sciences are struggling to emerge in the Francophone context (Richard & Alessandrin, 2019). In France, there is a real dearth of scientific work on the experiences of young "trans" people in EPS, justifying the absence of institutional recommendations for professionals in the discipline.

On the other hand, in Europe and on the other side of the Atlantic, research investigating trans-identified people in Physical Education (PE) is multiplying. Different disciplinary particularisms are addressed: motor skills (Devís-Devís et al., 2018); locker rooms (Jones et al., 2016); groups (Hargie et al., 2017); performances (Devís-Devís, et al., 2018); physical, sports and artistic activities (McBride, 2021); or teachers (Foley et al., 2016).

Inspired by those, we have modestly begun, since 2020, to approach trans studies in EPS (Pouy-Bidard, 2022), an eminently singular discipline in the context of the "French-style" Republican School. On the occasion of the Emerging Researchers' Conference (ERC), we offered to explicitly answer these questions: what are the experiences of "trans" students in PE in France? And do they differ significantly from those of European "trans" youth?

The main hypothesis lies in the idea that PE, when it is an eminently scholastic teaching discipline in France, and when it officially is at odds with the competitive sports model, the experiences of "trans" students differ from those of their European counterparts. Put to the test, the validation or invalidation of this answer thus intends to make a singular contribution to the co-construction of the "trans-school-PE" research object on an international scale.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used

In order to propose a genuine assessment of the situation in the French context, this exploratory work adopts a qualitative method. In order to truly understand (Bourdieu, 2015/1993) what is at stake for these young people, the approach embraced is eminently inductive, seeking to explore what’s real without presupposing results (Strauss & Glaser, 1967).

Aware that experience is undeniably declarative (Dubet, 1994), our approach is to interview the people it affects the most: young "trans" people. Moreover, seizing their emotions, feelings and sentiments in EPS allows us to use the techniques of the comprehensive interview (Kaufmann & Singly, 2011/1996) based on the principle of empathy with the interlocutors.

Seven interviews are conducted with young people who define themselves as follows: two trans girls (Cassandra and Sarah), claiming a (trans)female gender identity but assigned to the (cis)male gender at birth, and five trans boys (Baptiste, Alexandre, Tristan, Quentin and Sacha) expressing a (trans)male gender identity but assigned to the (cis)female gender at birth. They are between the ages of 18 and 21 and report becoming aware of their gender identity in primary school, middle school, or high school. Three of them have explicitly declared their trans identity in school. They are Alexandre, Cassandre and Baptiste.

In order to define and situate the experiences of these young people in EPS in a European context, the interviews give rise to a thematic analysis that allows for a broad overview (Becker, 2017) of the object of study.  The verbatims from the various meetings are coded into units of meaning and then categorized. A thematic analysis grid is then constructed, working in two directions (Combessie, 2007): transversal and aiming to identify the experience of each of the interlocutors; and longitudinal, giving rise to a comparison of experiences between different European contexts.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings

The analysis led to the identification of six eminently gendered disciplinary particularities in EPS that are central to the experiences of the young people surveyed in the French educational system: the locker room; the body; groups; performance grading scales; the relationship to sports and artistic physical activities; and the relationship to the teacher. In addition, the positioning of each of the young people with respect to them is strongly attached to their transition’s journey. Our results thus indicate that students who have not come out tend to adopt a critical stance regarding gender hegemony in the discipline. They seem to be more comfortable with it - moreover, satisfied with it - once they are out: they perform gender (Butler, 1990).

These observations, put in perspective with other educational systems, concur with the work of our Spanish and British peers. Unlike our initial hypothesis stated, the points of tension raised by trans-identified people seem identical. Nevertheless, it appears more relevant to underline the responses given by the young people that express the need to take into account trans-identities in the school environment and more particularly in PE.

From our point of view, one of the French contributions to trans studies in Physical Education lies in the idea that differentialism - in terms of gender - leads to many blind spots for the inclusion of "trans" students, and that a redefinition of universalism is certainly, and under certain conditions, a possible way to think about the inclusion of "trans" students in PE and more broadly of students in schools.

References
Becker, H. S. (2017). Evidence. The University of Chicago Press.
Butler, J. (1990) Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity. Routledge.
Bourdieu, P. (2015/1993). La misère du monde. Éditions Points.
Combessie, J.-C. (2007). La méthode en sociologie: La Découverte.
Couchot-Schiex, S. (2019). Du genre en éducation : Pour des clés de compréhension d’une structure du social. L’Harmattan.
Devís-Devís, J., Pereira-García, S., López-Cañada, E., Pérez-Samaniego, V., & Fuentes-Miguel, J. (2018). Looking back into trans persons’ experiences in heteronormative secondary physical education contexts. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 23(1), 103‑116.
Dubet, F. (1994). Sociologie de l’expérience. Editions du Seuil.
Foley, J. T., Pineiro, C., Miller, D., & Foley, M. L. (2016). Including Transgender Students in School Physical Education. Journal of Physical Education, Recreation & Dance, 87(3), 5‑8.
Glaser, B. & Strauss, A. (1967). The discovery of Grounded Theory: Strategies for Qualitative Research. Sociology Press.
Hargie, O. D., Mitchell, D. H., & Somerville, I. J. (2017). "People have a knack of making you feel excluded if they catch on to your difference" : Transgender experiences of exclusion in sport. International Review for the Sociology of Sport, 52(2), 223‑239.
Jones, T., Smith, E., Ward, R., Dixon, J., Hillier, L., & Mitchell, A. (2016). School experiences of transgender and gender diverse students in Australia. Sex Education, 16(2), 156‑171.
Kaufmann, J.-C., & Singly, F. de. (2011/1996). L’entretien compréhensif. A. Colin.
McBride, R.-S. (2021). A literature review of the secondary school experiences of trans youth. Journal of LGBT Youth, 18(2), 103‑134.
Nicolazzo, Z., Marine, S., & Galarte, F. (2015). Trans*formational Pedagogies. Transgender Studies Quartely, 2(3).
Pouy-Bidard, B. (2022). Transidentités en Éducation Physique et Sportive (EPS). L'Harmattan.
Richard, G., & Alessandrin, A. (2019). Politiques éducatives et expériences scolaires des jeunes trans au Québec et en France : Un panorama. Genre, sexualité et société, 21.
Rochex, J.-Y. (2020). Pomouvoir la diversité et la reconnaissance ou l’égalité et de développement de la normativité ? Plaidoyer pour le modèle des droits pédagogiques de Basil Bernstein. In B. Garnier, J.-L. Derouet, R. Malet, & P. Kahn (Éds.), Sociétés inclusives et reconnaissance des diversités : Le nouveau défi des politiques d’éducation. PUR.
Stone, S. (1987). The Empire Strikes Back: A Posttranssexual Manifesto.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Voices from Girls with Autism - Lived Experience of Participation in Secondary School

Helena Josefsson

University of Gothenburg, Faculty of Education, Department of Education and Special Education, PhD Programme, Sweden

Presenting Author: Josefsson, Helena

Introduction

In recent years, a previously invisible group of student has received more attention, girls with autism and their situation in school, both socially and pedagogically. Diagnosis criteria and most knowledge are previously based on boys (Kopp, 2010). The research today describes a group of girls that is marginalized and excluded, there are major difficulties that are not always visible as the girls strive to fit into the norm and struggle to achieve passing grades (Carpenter et al., 2019; Cook et al., 2018; Goodall & Mackenzie, 2019). This paper focus on the lived experience of participation in school context by semi-structured interviews with 11 girls with autism in secondary school. A large part of the previous research that exist comes from a psychological perspective, by having a focus on participation in a school context, the contribution of this study is a pedagogical perspective.

Girls with autism face difficulties both socially and pedagogically in daily school activities. According to Tomlins et al (2020) the school environment was experienced as stressful and difficult to manage. Moyse and Porter (2015) found four themes that gave difficulties during the day in school: the rules and norms, collaboration, completing school work and interaction with classmates during different activities. Socially the girls have a desire to have friends, but often feel excluded and alone, they experince difficulties to make friends and also to maintain a friendship (Myles et al, 2019; Cook et al, 2018).

The concept of participation is about being a part of something; it involves both an accessibility and a sense of belonging. According to World Health Organisation (2001) participation is about a persons engagement in their own life situation. In research there are two components that defines participation: accessibility to an acivity and the feeling of participation (Falkmer m. fl., 2012; Hodges m. fl., 2020; Simpson m. fl., 2019).

Aim and research question

Participation is an important factor in feeling included and recognized (WHO, 2001), which is a starting point for success in school and the rest of the society as well. The aim of this study is to investigate how girls with autism in secondary school experience participation in a school context.

How do girls with autism experience participation in their daily school life, both socially and pedagogically?

Theoretical framework

Point of departure in this study is that the society in its particular time and space create an understanding of each other through social constructions (Hacking, 1999). The constructions, the ideas, affect how we interact and also have an impact on self-awareness. Girls with autism is in fact objects, it is our concepts and beliefs which becomes a social construction. School as a space becomes important here, how the girls´self-images is created and re-created within the school as a space. Social constructions are created in communication and interaction with others.

A theoretical model for participation

To clarify and anderstand the concept of participation a theoretical model, developed by The Swedish National Agency for Special Needs education and Schools (SPSM, 2018) will be used both as a conceptual and analytic framework. The model shows that participation can be seen from six different aspects: accessibility, recognition, a sense of belonging, engagement, interaction and autonomy. These aspects provides a common language and a deeper understanding for the concept participation. They are not individual parts that stand on their own independently of each other. Rather, it helps to clarify and visualize the complexity of participation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Study Design

This research study is a part of a thesis based on qualitative methods. To answer the research question semi-structured interviews (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2014) were conducted with 11 girls. The following criteria were met by the participants: girl, Autism diagnosis, age 13-15  years, mainstream school.
The participants were found through snowball sampling; Social media, the researchers network and interest groups.
 
Sensitive interviews
The data was collected in the fall of 2022 and the interviews were conducted according to the participants wishes, such as at home, at school or the library. Some of the girls chose to have a companion with them and before the interview they were informed about the purpose and question. The researcher took time to get to know the participants, there intereset and well being. An empathetic approach was necessary during the interviews as some of the questions aroused emotions. There were ethical considerations as there is a power imbalance to be aware of between researcher and participants. The interviews took between 30-60 minutes each time, audio was recorded and later transcribed.

Analysis
The data were analyzed following Braun and Clarke (2006) thematic analysis which describe a theme as important findings about the data in relation to the research question. By using Braun and Clarke (2006) six phases of thematic analysis; familiarizing, generating initial codes, searching for themes, reviewing themes, defining and naming themes, producing the report, a deeper understaning of the data vill emerge.

Ethical considerations
Several dilemmas arise that need to be considered in accordance with good research practice (Vetenskapsrådet, 2017) such as the researcher´s previous knowledge and pre-understanding. According to Punch (2002) the way we see children affects the way we listen to them, which is essential to bare in mind in this study. In order to follow good research practice an informed consent is required and an ethical approval from the Swedish Ethical Review Board (Vetenskapsrådet, 2017) D nr 2022-01274-01.

Limitations
There is a lack of comparative study with boys, as well as with girls with intellectual disability. The participants are mainly from the swedish middle class, there is a lack of perspective from other backgrounds and lived experience. It is a difficult group to find, so this study can hopefully contribute with a deeper understanding and is seen as a piece of the puzzle where more research needs to be done.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Expected Findings

A first level of analysis show that there are themes which are important to shred light upon, such as to Be seen and heard, A feeling of belonging and Autism stereotypes and misconceptions. Furthermore, there is also a need for a deeper discussion and reflection about disability, gender, diversity, adolescence and equity within the school context. This areas in the field of Educational Research has a relevance in an international and European context. Dilemmas about every childs´right to education and our understanding of diversity is of utmost importance regardless of country, but need to be understood in their own context.

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2),77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa

Carpenter, B., Happé, F., & Egerton, J. (2019). Girls and autism : educational, family and personal perspectives. Abingdon, Oxon New York, NY : Routledge.
 
Cook, A., Ogden, J., & Winstone, N. (2018). Friendship Motivations, Challenges and the Role of Masking for Girls with Autism in Contrasting School Settings European journal of special needs education, 33(3), 302-315. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2017.1312797

Falkmer, M., Granlund, M., Nilholm, C., & Falkmer, T. (2012). From my perspective - Perceived participation in mainstream schools in students with autism spectrum conditions Developmental neurorehabilitation, 15(3), 191-201. https://doi.org/10.3109/17518423.2012.671382

Goodall, C., & Mackenzie, A. (2019). Title: what about my voice? Autistic young girls' experiences of mainstream school European journal of special needs education, 34(4), 499-513. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2018.1553138
 
Hacking, I. (1999). The Social Construction of What? Harvard University Press.

Hodges, A., Joosten, A., Bourke-Taylor, H., & Cordier, R. (2020). School participation: The shared perspectives of parents and educators of primary school students on the autism spectrum. Research in developmental disabilities, 97. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ridd.2019.103550

Kopp, S. (2010). Girls with social and/or attention impairments. Göteborg: Intellecta Infonolog AB.

Kvale, S. & Brinkmann, S. (2014). Den kvalitativa forskningsintervjun. Lund: Studentlitteratur.

Moyse, R., & Porter, J. (2015). The experience of the hidden curriculum for autistic girls at mainstream primary schools. European journal of special needs education, 30(2), 187-201. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2014.986915

Myles, O., Boyle, C., & Richards, A. (2019). The Social Experiences and Sense of Belonging in Adolescent Females with Autism in Mainstream School Educational & Child Psychology, 36(4), 8-21

Punsch, S. (2002). Research with children. The same or different from research with adults? Childhood SAGE Publications, London, Thousand Oaks and New Dehli, Vol. 9(3) :321-341

Simpson, K., Adams, D., Bruck, S., & Keen, D. (2019). Investigating the participation of children on the autism spectrum across home, school, and community: A longitudinal study. Child, Care, Health and Development, 45(5), 681-687 https://doi.org/10.1111/cch.12679

SPSM, Specialpedagogiska skolmyndigheten, 2018. Delaktighet – ett arbetssätt i skolan. Hämtad 2020-02-10 från: www.spsm.se/webbutiken
 
Tomlinson, C., Bond, C., & Hebron, J. (2020). The school experiences of autistic girls and adolescents: a systematic review European journal of special needs education, 35(2), 203-219.https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2019.1643154
 
Vetenskapsrådet (2017). Good research practice, Vetenskapsrådets rapportserie 3:2011. Hämtad från:https://publikationer.vr.se/en/product/good-research-practice/
 
World Health Organisation (2001). ICF, International Classification of Functioning and Disability. Geneve: Assessment, Classification and Epidemiology Group, WHO.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm99 ERC SES 04 M: Professional Learning and Development
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Sofia Eleftheriadou
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Discovering an Old Philosophy: Imaginative Education Theory for Teacher Professional Development

Alessandro Gelmi

Free University of Bolzano/Bozen, Italy

Presenting Author: Gelmi, Alessandro

Starting with Vygotsky's research and the decisive contribution of the ensuing cultural-historical tradition (Smolucha & Smolucha, 1992; Gajdamaschko, 2005) the use of the term "imagination" in psychological and educational research has changed radically. From an irrational, egocentric and unrealistic type of thinking (Piaget, 1962), the term has come to denote a sophisticated form of intelligence in which logic is integrated with emotions and cognitive flexibility (Abraham, 2020).

Moreover, recent research in cognitive science and developmental psychology, even outside the cultural-historical tradition, has provided further empirical confirmation to support this critical rethinking of classical Piagetian ideas about imagination. This psychological function has proved indeed crucial for personal development and meaningful learning at different levels. It supports and enriches personal meaning-making and knowledge construction (Kind & Kung, 2016; Root-Bernstein, 2013). It is required for the proper functioning of emotional intelligence, empathy and theory of mind (Goldstein & Winner, 2012). It enhances metacognition and self-regulation processes (Goldstein & Lerner, 2017) and is an essential component of creative idea generation (Russ, 2014), divergent thinking and hypothetical and counterfactual reasoning (Harris, 2021).

Imaginative Education (IE) is an educational theory that unfolds the consequences of this post-Piagetian perspective on imagination in the field of curriculum design, teacher education and teacher professional development. The theory clarifies in a systematic way the reasons why imagination is a crucial resource for teaching and learning. On this basis, it also provides teachers with a set of “cognitive tools crystallized in culture” (Egan, 1997) with which to enhance the imaginative potential of teachers and learners and relate it to the acquisition of curricular knowledge and skills.

However, despite addressing several focal issues in the contemporary debate on teacher education and professional development, in its two decades of global dissemination and application, IE has yet to be analyzed and tested in the European context.

This work is part of a larger doctoral project that aims at the following objectives:

-clarify the relevance of IE in relation to the main issues addressed in the contemporary debate on teacher education and professional development, such as the development of complex thinking and creative agency informed by critical and responsible reflection on the nature and purposes of education (Biesta, 2017);

-document and analyze IE-based teacher training programs that have been developed internationally for more than two decades;

-develop a prototype of an IE-based teacher training program to be implemented in the Italian context, taking current practices in Canadian universities in British Columbia as a model (University of British Columbia, Simon Fraser University, Capilano University);

-conducting an exploratory case study with a group of in-service teachers to analyze the critical issues of this implementation process.

This study is the initial part of a wider research project that aims at the creation and evaluation of training programs for students and teachers based on the theory of Imaginative Education, and their implementation in the Faculty of Education of the Free University of Bozen/Bolzano. The hypothesis is that this process will result in a significant enrichment of the University's educational programs and catalyze its integration with other educational institutions in the region. Concurrently, we aim to support the dissemination and the development of Imaginative Education within the European context, to enrich the debate in the fields of curriculum design, teacher education and teacher professional deveolpment.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research design consists of three main phases. The first two took place in Canadian universities in British Columbia, where IE has been systematically applied in teacher education and professional development for more than two decades. The third will be completed in a primary school in the province of Bolzano (South Tyrol, Italy).
In the first phase, IE courses for teachers have been observed and documented. o achieve this, different sources of documentation were related: desk research within university archives and databases concerning the history of IE training programs; field notes (Emerson, Fretz & Shaw, 2011)  within participatory observations (Mukherjee, 2002) as a visiting student in current Master Programs about IE.
The second phase focused on the elaboration of the course to be implemented in Italy. This phase was not limited to a theoretical investigation of the pedagogical principles of IE, but was developed through collaborative interaction with IE theorists and practitioners. An initial round of narrative interviews (Küsters, 2022) was conducted with 20 participants, 5 teacher educators, 12 teachers, and 3 school leaders, to delve into the history of IE in British Columbia and to gather different perspectives on this philosophy of education and its implementation. Next, the collected material was subjected to a process of thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2012) to highlight recurring themes (e.g., management difficulties, relevant pedagogical principles) that were relevant to the design of a course suitable for the Italian context. Finally, the elements highlighted were used as guidelines to develop a draft course proposal, and focus groups were conducted to receive further feedback from participants (Barbour, 2018).
Finally, a case study was conducted within the methodological paradigm of Action Research for educational change (Eliot, 1991), and specifically according to its version focused on teacher professional development known in Italy as "Ricerca-Formazione" (Aquini, 2018). The study has been conducted with a group of 15 primary school teachers from South Tyrol. In this context, data have been collected through semi structured interviews and video-recorded focus groups, and thematic analysis processes have been carried out to highlight critical issues that have emerged in the course implementation.
This work presents the results obtained up to the summer of 2023. The Italian case study will then proceed with a second phase, from September to December 2023, in which the course will interact with the educational planning of the teachers in the first part of the school year 2023-2024.



Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
At the time this proposal is submitted, only the first and second phases of the research have come to a conclusion. The implementation of the course in Italy, and the analysis of the results that emerged in this phase, will take place during the spring of 2023.
The structure of the three-year master's programs of Canadian universities does not find a counterpart in the training programs offered by the University of Bolzano. Among the main theoretical cores of the masters on IE (hermeneutics and dialogic pedagogy, socio-cultural psychology, action research in the classroom, lesson planning), the aspects on the practical implementation of theory for curriculum design emerged as the most relevant for a basic introduction of theory in the available time and in a context in which it is unknown.
IE requires a large space for personal creativity in the planning of the courses, which made it necessary to examine the individual interviews and observations not only in the light of the common pedagogical principles but also in relation to their personal interpretation by the participants, which we have tried to reconstruct by dialogically involving them in the same critical reflection on the data analyzed.
The main structural elements that emerged are: "reflection in and on practice" (Chodakowski, Egan, Judson & Stewart, 2010) which finds a theoretical counterpart in the European context in the notion of “reflective practitioner” (Schön, 1993) used in teacher training and professional development; “communities of practice” (Wenger, 2009) whose application in educational research is also widely documented in Italy. On these bases, we then worked on the construction of a course based on a constant dialogic interplay between examples/experiences/memories of IE and non IE class activities, and theoretical analyses in the form of personal in-classroom observation, collective readings, and group discussions.

References
Abraham, A. (2020). Surveying the Imagination Landscape. The Cambridge Handbook of the Imagination, 1–10. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108580298.001
Asquini, G. (2018). La ricerca-formazione: temi, esperienze, prospettive. La ricerca-formazione, 1-229.
Barbour, R. S. (2018). Doing focus groups. Doing focus groups, 1-224.
Biesta, G. (2017). The future of teacher education: Evidence, competence or wisdom?. In A companion to research in teacher education (pp. 435-453). Springer, Singapore.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2012). Thematic analysis. American Psychological Association.
Chodakowski, A., Egan, K., Judson, G. C., & Stewart, K. (2010). Some Neglected Components of Teacher Education Programs. Action in Teacher Education, 32(5-6), 5-21.
Elliot, J. (1991). Action research for educational change. McGraw-Hill Education (UK).
Egan, K. (1997). The educated mind: How cognitive tools shape our understanding. Chicago: University of Chicago Press
Emerson, R. M., Fretz, R. I., & Shaw, L. L. (2011). Writing ethnographic fieldnotes. University of Chicago press.
Gajdamaschko, N. (2006). Theoretical Concerns: Vygotsky on Imagination Development. Educational Perspectives, 39(2), 34-40.
Goldstein, T. R., & Lerner, M. D. (2018). Dramatic pretend play games uniquely improve emotional control in young children. Developmental Science, 21(4), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1111/desc.12603
Goldstein, T. R., & Winner, E. (2012). Enhancing empathy and theory of mind. Journal of cognition and development, 13(1), 19-37.
Harris, P. L. (2021). Early Constraints on the Imagination: The Realism of Young Children. Child Development, 92(2), 466–483. https://doi.org/10.1111/cdev.13487
Kind, A. and Kung, P. (eds) 2016: Knowledge Through Imagination. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Küsters, I. (2022). Narratives Interview. In Handbuch Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung (pp. 893-900). Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden.
Mukherjee, N. (2002). Participatory learning and action: With 100 field methods (No. 4). Concept Publishing Company.
Piaget, J. (1962). Play dreams and imitation in childhood. New York: W.W. Norton.
Russ, S. W. (2014). Pretend play in childhood: Foundation of adult creativity. Magination Press (American Psychological Association).
Schön, D. A. (1993). Il Professionista riflessivo: per una nuova epistemologia della practica professionale (Vol. 152). Edizioni Dedalo.
Smolucha, F. (1992). A reconstruction of Vygotsky's theory of creativity. Creativity Research Journal, 5(1), 49-67..
Wenger, E. (2009). A social theory of learning. In Contemporary theories of learning (pp. 217-240). Routledge.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Diverse Role of the Primary School Teaching Assistant; Implications of Identity, Status and Professionalism . An Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis

Amanda Jones

University of Lincoln, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Jones, Amanda

Research Question

What is the Role of the Primary School Teaching Assistant Amidst the Implications of Identity, Status and Professionalism in the Hierarchy of the School Workforce?

This research is an offshoot of a pilot study titled ‘The Role of the Teaching Assistant in Reflection of Experience, Qualifications and Status’, that I conducted in 2022.

Since the Plowden Report (1967), the Warnock Report (1978) and the Time for standards: reforming the school workforce report (2002), there has been a breadth of variation in both the roles and responsibilities of the teaching assistant in England’s schools (Adamson, 1999; Cajkler et al., 2007; Hancock et al., 2001). Barber (1996) characterised the employment of the teaching assistant as an ‘incipient quiet revolution’ as they began to adapt to more pedagogical roles (Butt and lance, 2009). Many teaching assistants were not specifically trained for this (Blatchford et al, 2004). Although teaching assistants began playing a major role in the teaching of children, they were not credited for this as the teacher was still viewed as being core to a lesson whilst the teaching assistant was seen as being periphery (Hancock and Eyres, 2004). With regards to positioning in the workforce, this view created a hierarchy between the teacher and the teaching assistant and what could be deemed as a watering down of a profession by funnelling traditional aspects of a professional job to an assistant. Friedson (2001) argued that the intertwining roles of professional and paraprofessional were designed to reduce the cost and the independence of the professions. Butt and Lance (2005) advised the need for sensitivity in the approach used by teachers towards teaching assistants. Difficulties and benefits associated with the remodelling of the workforce strategy continue to emerge since 2006 (Collins and Simco, 2006) but are seen as dependent upon the way in which teaching assistants are conceptualised, trained, and deployed by a school.

Professional learning required for successful large-scale reform depends on a commitment to experimentation and innovation at the local level (Leithwood et al, 2006). Since 2006, the role of the teaching assistant has undergone a period of experimentation and innovation and as there is currently no definitive job description that sets out the job role of the teaching assistant, it can be assumed that the drawn-out period of experimentation and innovation continues to be on-going. In the current climate, more than five decades after The Plowden report (1967), there are several options by which they are able to simultaneously work as a teaching assistant and upgrade their qualifications to enter the teaching profession (CooperGibson, 2019), albeit this being an expensive and time-consuming process.

This research aims to find out firstly if there is a definitive employment role for the teaching assistant in the primary school, to close the gap nationally in research literature on the actual role of the teaching assistant. This is timely because the whole picture of teaching assistant employment is and has been on a pendulum of continual change and whilst government research initiatives and updated government policies manipulate the pendulum, there remains a gap in research that identifies specifically, the current state of play in schools. Secondly, this research aims to explore how the implications of identity, status, and professionalism within the workforce, affect both the perceptions and the work role of the teaching assistant. There is currently a trending dichotomy in that the role of the teaching assistant is becoming professionalised whilst the role of the teacher is becoming de-professionalised.

Interviews (via Teams) are also being undertaken internationally, to provide a comparative overview on a global basis for this research.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a qualitative study. Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (IPA) is being used as a framework for methodology.
In-depth, semi-structured interviews are being used as a method of data collection. In line with the framework of IPA, semi-structured interviews allow for the researcher’s interpretation of the participant’s interpretation of their social reality. Semi-structured interviews are engaged with the exploration of the everyday lived world of the participants and how they make sense of it all (Kvale, 1996). The reader of my research analysis and conclusion will form the third hermeneutic.
Individual interviews, in opposition to group interviews, have been chosen and for sample size, 15 participants are being used in conducting the interviews. This sample size should be large enough to be able to analyse and form accurate results. Whilst group interviews offer an advantage in cost-efficiency and time-efficiency (Cohen et al, 2018), I am looking to hear and analyse the individual perceptions and aspirations of the teaching assistant.
The interviews are taking place outside of the participant’s school so that they feel free to speak outside of their work area.
As a framework for methodology, I chose IPA. As introduced by Jonathan Smith et al (2009), IPA is cognitivist in operation and is used for meaning making on the part of both the participant and the researcher. It examines people’s perceptions of experiences that happen to them, and a participant is asked to reflect on events, circumstances and situations that have been a part of their life or work experience.  During the stage of data analysis, I am attempting to make sense out of the meanings and interpretations of their perceptions.
IPA is an approach to qualitative research that has an idiographic focus, and it aims to give insights into how a given person (the teaching assistant), in each context (the school), makes sense of a phenomenon (teaching assistants and the current state of play). Grounded in phenomenology, it is distinct because of its combination of psychological, interpretive, and idiographic components. IPA usually draws on the accounts of a small number of people who have certain experiences in common. In the field of this research, the data collection taken from 15 participants, each working in a different school, relates to the analysis of a small group of people. IPA is an ideal framework for the aims and intentions of this study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
There are currently no thoroughly analysed findings as this research is actively underway.
 
In accordance with background literature, there is no definitive role set out for the teaching assistant.  As it stands, it is possible to suggest that they are expected to undertake any given duties and tasks, and that they are leaning towards a continually developing pedagogical role in the delivery of lessons to whole classes. Their roles are complex and fragmented (Hancock et al, 2002) and there is an overlap in teaching assistants doing work that was traditionally done by teachers (Hancock et al, 2002). Teaching assistants are reinforcing and delivering teaching points making their role predominantly pedagogical and they are not always trained for this (Blatchford et al, 2004).

Changes in schools during the Covid Pandemic led to some teaching assistants delivering lessons on a full-time basis.
The introduction of teaching by technology, via video links and formatted schemes of work has already begun and is developing further. It is emerging that many teaching assistants are replacing teachers by being able to lead a preprepared lesson, an online video lesson or a downloaded PowerPoint lesson. The use of artificial intelligence as an online tool for information can assist a teaching assistant in searching for subject knowledge. In my research, I am waiting to find out if technology and AI sites are assisting and affecting the role of the teaching assistant. It is emerging that there is a link between teaching assistants being more economically viable to a school budget and that in some cases, they are filling a gap in teacher shortage areas.
 
I am simultaneously undertaking interviews on an international basis (via video link on Teams) to gain an international perspective on school support staff. Where such interviews cannot be undertaken, I am liaising by email.







References
Adamson, S. (1999) Review of published literature on teaching assistants, Report for the DfEE teaching Assistants Project, DfEE, London
Barber, M (1996) The Learning Game: arguments for an education revolution, Victor Gollancz, London
Blatchford P, Russell A, Bassett P, Brown P & Martin C, 2004. The Role and Effects of teaching Assistants in English Primary Schools [Years 4 to 6] 2000 – 2003: Results from the Class Size and Pupil Adult Ratios [CSPAR] KS2 Project: DFES
Butt G and Lance A, 2005. Modernising the roles of support staff in primary schools: changing focus, changing function, Educational Review, 57:2, 139-149, DOI: 10.1080/0013191042000308323
Butt G and Lance A, 2009. I am not the teacher!: some effects of remodelling the roles of teaching assistants in English primary schools, Education 3-13, 37:3, 219-231, DOI: 10.1080/0300427080234930

Cajkler, W., Tennant, G., Tiknaz, Y., Sage, R., Taylor, C., Tucker, S., Cooper, P (2007) A systematic literature review on the perceptions of ways in which teaching assistants work to support pupils’ social and academic engagement in secondary classrooms. London: EPPI Centre
Central Advisory Council for Education, 1967. The Plowden Report, Children and their Primary Schools. London: HMSO

Collins J and Simco N, 2006. Teaching assistants reflect: the way forward?, Reflective Practice, 7:2, 197-214, DOI: 10.1080/14623940600688589
CooperGibson Research (2019) Exploring Teaching Assistants’ appetite to become teachers DfE: London (Ref: RR935)
Friedson E, 2001. Professionalism: The third Logic. Cambridge Polity
Hancock R & Eyres I, 2004. Implementing a required curriculum reform: teachers at the core, teaching assistants on the periphery? : Westminster Studies in Education, 27:2, 223-235, DOI: 1080/0140672040270210

Hancock, R., Swann, W., Marr, A., Turner, J (2001) Classroom Assistants in the Primary School: Employment and Deployment. ESRC funded project: R000237803
Leithwood, K., Aitken, R., Jantzi, D (2006) Making Schools Smarter: Leading with Evidence Corwin Press


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Current Provision for Professional Development for Middle leaders in Chinese Higher Vocational Colleges

Ni Zhang

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Zhang, Ni

Research on professional development (PD), exploring its practice and impact, has made significant progress in the past thirty years. In a vocational education environment, the role of teacher professional development in relation to enhancing teaching quality and capability has received extensive attention (Zhou, Tigelaar and Admiraal, 2022). Scholars have reviewed PD in conjunction with students' academic performance, leadership performance and school reform (Sims et al., 2021). More recently in China, the PD of middle leaders (MLs) has gradually entered scholars’ field of vision, through the development of distributed leadership theory and adult learning theory.

Internationally, MLs have been recognised as playing a key strategic and operational role in the leadership team of schools and colleges as executors, coordinators and participants of development strategies, working both vertically and horizontally within their organisations (Lipscombe et al., 2020). However, research exploring the PD for MLs in the Chinese mainland is still limited. Indeed, the literature review findings of this study found that most of the existing research is restricted to a general education environment. From a vertical perspective, research on the PD of MLs is relatively advanced (Zhang, Wong and Wang, 2022; Bryant and Rao, 2019; Walker and Qian, 2019; Bryant, Wong and Adames, 2020). From a horizontal perspective however, there are clear limitations to the research conducted to date, when compared with other countries. Scholars are accustomed to classifying the PD for MLs directly as teacher professional development, without taking account of the added complexities involved in MLs’ rolls and the PD needed to support their development. As such, this simplistic generalisation limits the scope of PD and its impact on both MLs’ and system improvement.

In the context of the new education reform, the Chinese Ministry of Education issued a series of policies that put forward higher requirements for the quality and ability of teaching faculty in Chinese higher vocational colleges (CHVCs) from 2019. Among them, the principles of stratification and classification were explicitly proposed. The policy requires that the improvement plan for different stages of PD in CHVCs should be precisely planned, according to the needs of different teachers, leaders and trainers. However, reform efforts in PD for MLs lack an informed view, through the absence of empirical research in the context of China. There is a reliance on learning from the experience and achievements of research on PD and MLs conducted in other countries. This runs counter to contemporary understandings of the importance of context for system improvement efforts. Conducting localised research in China, is therefore key to reform, enhancing the quality and training of CHVCs. Moreover, such empirical research could contribute to the limited number of non-Western centric studies which dominate the international literature.

This study, located in CHVCs, aims to explore the relevant policy requirements and specific development pathways of PD for MLs, through exploring the following research questions:

1. What are the policy aspirations for the PD for MLs in CHVCs?

2. What is the experience of MLs engaging with PD in CHVCs?

3. What are the implications for the extent to which policy aspirations and MLs’ experience of PD match in CHVCs?

Through the generation and analysis of data through semi-structured interviews and policy documents on PD at the national, regional and institutional levels, the policy background and implementation status regarding PD for MLs in CHVCs has been illuminated. This study contributes to filling the research gap about PD in the Chinese educational environment. Correspondingly, it introduces understandings of PD from the Chinese mainland to an international audience, especially meaningful for European countries increasingly aware of the importance of MLs and their PD.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study reports on a qualitative phenomenological study of four CHVCs in Shandong Province, exploring the basic blueprint of PD for MLs and formats. Through the collection and analysis of policy documents on PD at the national, regional, and institutional levels, the relevant policy requirements regarding PD for MLs becomes clear. After completing the semi-structured interviews, formats of PD for MLs in daily work were analysed. Key themes emerged from that data analysis about PD for MLs.
The data collection and analysis in this study consist of three phases. During the first phase of this study, official policies and institutional documents on the PD from the Ministry of Education, Shandong Provincial Department of Education and the college's Personnel Division were analysed. In the second phase, the researcher combined purposive sampling and snowball sampling as sampling methods, recruiting MLs as interviewees in four CHVCs. Finally, in the third phase, the researcher designed the second round of interviews based on the analysis results of Phase 1 and Phase 2. The followed-up interviews mainly focused on emerging themes through in-depth discussions with the interviewees.
Grounded theory coding was applied as a data analysis tool in this study, consisting of three iterative coding stages, depending on the degree of fit and abstraction to the data: initial coding, focused coding and theoretical coding (Charmaz, 2014). Through the coding and analysis of relevant documents, national and regional level guidelines and instructions were explored. The background and status of the PD for MLs gradually became clear. At the same time, the attention to supporting measures and financial investment for the PD formulated at the organisational level according to the relevant national requirements was gradually clarified. To better understand the implementation around PD for MLs, the researcher conducted two rounds in-depth, open-ended, semi-structured interviews with 15 MLs, developing a detailed description of the experience of and insight into PD provision by each ML participant in their CHVC context.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings from the interview and document analysis would suggest that the blueprint for the PD for MLs in CHVC consists of three perspectives: macro, meso and micro. Specifically, according to the ability requirements and development standards of MLs proposed in the national guidance document, the content of PD for MLs mainly includes three aspects: classroom teaching, team leading and external servicing. In practice, MLs in CHVCs form Middle Leaders Communities (MLCs), a Professional Learning Community (PLC) to carry out job-embedded learning activities. Among them, the common formats of PD involve four categories: Experience and Information Presentation, Collegial Visits, Coaching and Self-regulated Learning. This study highlights the role of collective learning and college-enterprise cooperation as the core measures in strengthening PD. Moreover, in the context of the pandemic, the combination of online and offline PD has been widely used in PD provision. This combination enhances the understanding of PD for MLs in CHVCs. The study’s findings highlight the critical role of PD in the Chinese vocational education reform process.
References
Bryant, D. A., & Rao, C. (2019). Teachers as reform leaders in Chinese schools. International Journal of Educational Management.
Bryant, D. A., Wong, Y. L., & Adames, A. (2020). How middle leaders support in-service teachers’ on-site professional learning. International journal of educational research, 100, 101530.
Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory. sage.
GOV. (2019). Notice from the State Council on the Issuance of the National Implementation Programme for Vocational Education Reform Notice from the State Council on the Issuance of the National Implementation Programme for Vocational Education Reform. http://www.gov.cn/zhengce/content/2019-02/13/content_5365341.htm
Lipscombe, K., Grice, C., Tindall-Ford, S., & De-Nobile, J. (2020). Middle leading in Australian schools: professional standards, positions, and professional development. School leadership & management, 40(5), 406-424.
Sims, S., Fletcher-Wood, H., O'Mara-Eves, A., Stansfield, C., Van Herwegen, J., Cottingham, S., & Higton, J. (2021). What are the characteristics of teacher professional development that increase pupil achievement? Protocol for a systematic review.
Walker, A., & Qian, H. (2019). Leadership and culture. In Bush. T., Bell. L., and Middlewood. D. (Eds.), Principles of educational leadership and management (3rd ed.), pp. 311-330, Sage, London.
Zhang, X., Wong, J. L., & Wang, X. (2022). How do the leadership strategies of middle leaders affect teachers’ learning in schools? A case study from China. Professional Development in Education, 48(3), 444-461.
Zhou, N., Tigelaar, D. E., & Admiraal, W. (2022). Vocational teachers' professional learning: A systematic literature review of the past decade. Teaching and Teacher Education, 119, 103856.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Chinese Physical Education Student-teachers' Attitudes to Using WeChat Group for Professional Learning

Hongyun Li, Gareth Wiltshire, Elisavet Manoli, Ash Casey

Loughborough University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Li, Hongyun; Casey, Ash

There is an increasing body of work which explores the use of various social media platforms in different educational contexts. Social media and online learning communities have been positioned as contemporary forms of professional development that can address the clear challenges associated with teacher learning (Goodyear, Parker, & Casey, 2019). Several studies identified that teachers, particularly pre-service teachers, are increasingly using social media for professional learning, voicing teaching problems and/or sharing teaching experience with experts and colleagues (Carpenter, 2015; Goodyear, Casey, & Kirk, 2014).

From a higher education perspective, Wang et al. (2012) found that a Facebook Group could be used as a Learning Management System (LMS) for Singapore students with the purpose of posting announcements, sharing resources, organizing weekly tutorials and conducting online discussions. Findings showed that students were satisfied with using Facebook in this way as it mirrored the fundamental functions of a LMS at this teacher education institute (Wang et al., 2012). However, many studies have criticised formal educations use of LMS as they limit students’ control over their learning (Chen & Bryer, 2012; Dabbagh & Kitsantas, 2012). Indeed, teachers and pre-service teachers may prefer informal learning activities, which do not follow a specified curriculum and are not restricted to certain environments (Desimone, 2009). Consequently, social media seems to provide teachers with more informal professional learning opportunities as they attempt to engage in professional development outside of formal contexts (Carpenter, 2015). Whilst some literature has reported that social media has the potential to integrate learners’ formal and informal learning, this work is under-theorized (Greenhow & Lewin, 2016). Indeed, little scholarly attention has been given to the study of the role of social media in supporting different types of learning from the learner’s perspective.

Research to date, concerningly, takes a predominantly Western perspective and focuses on students’ learning through social media platforms such as Twitter, Facebook and Pinterest. In contrast, little is known about students learning through the unique social media environments in other countries such as China. Indeed, while Facebook, Twitter and Pinterest dominate the landscape of social media in many countries, they are infrequently used in China. Instead, social networking sites such as WeChat and Weibo are popular. Furthermore, given that cultural differences have been shown to strongly impact people’s online behaviour (Ji et al., 2010), coupled with the knowledge that the relationship between teachers and students in China is hierarchical (Zhao & McDougall, 2008), there is a need to better understand how students learn through the unique social media environment in China. This is even more important when noting:

(a) the dearth of research exploring how the Chinese educational culture might influence its students’ attitudes towards integrating social media into institutional settings, and

(b) that Chinese students are often inactive and unwilling to express their ideas in online discussions because they are not prepared to contradict their peers or instructors in a public platform, and they are afraid of losing face (Zhao and McDougall, 2008).

Despite this lack of knowledge, it is important to support the ambitions of the Chinese online community by furthering our understanding of social media in supporting physical education (PE) student-teachers' professional learning. There have, however, been very few research studies investigating how Chinese PE student-teachers' use social media as a professional learning platform and how they value online learning communities in their professional learning. The purpose of this study, therefore, was to explore Chinese PE student-teachers’ attitudes to using the WeChat group for professional learning under the lens of formal and informal learning theory.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study investigated the online learning of PE student-teachers at a sports university in the southwest of China. Since the university does not use a LMS (such as Blackboard or Moodle), and email is hardly used in the communication between students and teachers in China, the teacher educator created a WeChat group with her students with the purpose of connecting and undertaking online professional learning. There were 26 PE student-teachers and one teacher educator in this study. The 26 PE student-teachers (all males) were third-year undergraduates on a three-year sports training programme.
On the sports training programme, students chose one of three course directions as their career plans: Elite Sports Coaching, Sports Club Coaching and physical education teaching. Importantly, students in sports training programmes had the same opportunity as the students in physical education programmes to obtain a teaching certificate. Therefore, whilst the participants studied the sports training programme in Chinese universities many considered themselves to be PE student-teachers. The teacher educator taught them the module of theory and practice of athletics in four years (total 8 semesters).
The aim of the study was to explore PE student-teachers’ experiences and perceptions of online learning in a WeChat group. Qualitative methods were used as it was felt that these could generate a rich and detailed understanding of each participant's views (Gratton & Jones, 2010). A variety of data collection techniques were used, including online observation, and focus group and individual interviews. Firstly, the researcher joined in the WeChat group on 29th June 2020 and spent a year and half as a non-participant observer. During this time, she observed the student-teachers’ online learning activities and interactions. These observations allowed the researcher to study the student-teachers in their native environment and seek to understand “things” from their perspective (Baker, 2006). Twenty-three student-teachers engaged in one of five online focus groups. Each online focus group contained 4 – 5 participants and was conducted through the Tencent online meeting app. These interviews lasted between 60 and 70 minutes. Following this, 17 semi-structured individual interviews were conducted, and these lasted between 45–60 minutes. The data were analysed thematically. Braun and Clarke (2006) six phases of thematic analysis were utilised to identify and explore patterns.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings

Within the context of Chinese educational culture and university conditions, the WeChat group served as a LMS where the educator delivered module materials to support formal learning. All participants valued the resources shared in the group, which not only improved their sports skills but also strengthened their understanding of different events. Therefore, this study suggests that WeChat groups can be used as LMSs substitutes, particularly for some Chinese institutes that could not afford commercial LMSs in sports training programmes. Furthermore, the WeChat group enabled ‘just-in-time’ interactions between the teacher and the students. The students highlighted those online informal interactions reduced the teacher’s hierarchal position and allowed them a degree of personal control in the learning progress and enabled them to determine their own learning strategies. Therefore, the WeChat group offered significant advantages over conventional LMSs in terms of promoting the students’ informal professional learning process.
However, certain limitations of the WeChat group were evident. The resources in the closed group were limited and could not meet the professional learning needs of different individuals. Given that most students wanted to be a PE teacher after graduation, many complained that the pedagogical resources provided were of limited use and that too many resources were not suitable for use in primary and secondary school classes. Therefore, the participants had to do informal learning on other open social media platforms.
Despite the limitations of the WeChat group, this study revealed that the participants had positive attitudes towards the WeChat group as it supported their formal professional learning. Because online learning communities have not been prioritized in the university policies, this study suggested that Chinese institutes could encourage teacher educators to make better use of social media groups as they help students to better understand their studies and widen their non-formal and informal learning environment.

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Qualitative Research in Psychology Using thematic analysis in psychology Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Retrieved from http://www.tandfonline.com/action/journalInformation?journalCode=uqrp20%5Cnhttp://www.tandfonline.com/action/journalInformation?journalCode=uqrp20
Carpenter, J. (2015). Preservice Teachers ’ Microblogging : Professional Development via Twitter. Contemporary Issues in Technology and Teacher Education, 15(2), 1–21. Retrieved from http://www.citejournal.org/vol15/iss2/general/article1.cfm
Chan, S. (1999). The Chinese learner – a question of style. Education + Training, 41(6), 294–305. https://doi.org/10.1108/00400919910285345
Chen, B., & Bryer, T. (2012). Investigating instructional strategies for using social media in formal and informal learning | The International Review of Research in Open and Distributed Learning. The International Review of Research in Open and Distance Learning, 13(1), 87–104. Retrieved from http://www.irrodl.org/index.php/irrodl/article/view/1027/2073?utm_campaign=elearni
Dabbagh, N., & Kitsantas, A. (2012). Personal Learning Environments, social media, and self-regulated learning: A natural formula for connecting formal and informal learning. Internet and Higher Education, 15(1), 3–8. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.iheduc.2011.06.002
Goodyear, V. A., Casey, A., & Kirk, D. (2014). Tweet me, message me, like me: using social media to facilitate pedagogical change within an emerging community of practice. Sport, Education and Society, 19(7), 927–943. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2013.858624
Goodyear, V. A., Parker, M., & Casey, A. (2019). Social media and teacher professional learning communities. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 24(5), 421–433. https://doi.org/10.1080/17408989.2019.1617263
Gratton, Chris & Jones, I. (2010). Research Methods for Sports Studies. In Research Methods for Sports Studies. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315796222
Greenhow, C., & Lewin, C. (2016). Social media and education: reconceptualizing the boundaries of formal and informal learning. Learning, Media and Technology, 41(1), 6–30. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2015.1064954
Ji, Y. G., Hwangbo, H., Yi, J. S., Rau, P. L. P., Fang, X., & Ling, C. (2010). The influence of cultural differences on the use of social network services and the formation of social capital. International Journal of Human-Computer Interaction, 26(11–12), 1100–1121. https://doi.org/10.1080/10447318.2010.516727
Patahuddin, S. M., & Logan, T. (2019). Facebook as a mechanism for informal teacher professional learning in Indonesia. Teacher Development, 23(1), 101–120. https://doi.org/10.1080/13664530.2018.1524787
Wang, Q., Woo, H. L., Quek, C. L., Yang, Y., & Liu, M. (2012). Using the Facebook group as a learning management system: An exploratory study. British Journal of Educational Technology, 43(3), 428–438. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8535.2011.01195.x
Zhao, N., & McDougall, D. (2008). Cultural Influences on Chinese Students’ Asynchronous Online Learning in a Canadian University. Journal of Distance Education, 22(2), 59–79.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm99 ERC SES 05 M: Science and Environment Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Elsa Lee
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Exploring the Complexity of Education for Sustainability Through Multiple Case Studies

Diego Posada

Università degli Studi di Padova, Italy

Presenting Author: Posada, Diego

Ecological crises are the defining issue of our time and we are at a defining moment (UNESCO, 2019). They encompass issues that we must tackle from a wide range of angles as a global society. Aligning education policies and practices with sustainability objectives is paramount. Educating our youth to lead more sustainable lifestyles and in harmony with nature must be a pillar for the social and economic changes we must undergo in the next 30 years. The 1977 Tbilisi UN conference focused on environmental issues and education and it was stated that human activities may have ‘detrimental and possibly irreversible consequences’ on the environment (UNESCO, 1997). It was also determined that education would have to play a crucial role in the face of environmental issues (UNESCO, 1997).

Climate change is not a scientific problem, but rather a social and economic one. Teaching students about such a complex and politicized topic, how to be critical thinkers or life-long learners is not neutral nor it is context neutral (Perkins et al., 2018). The fact that Education for Sustainability (EfS) is fundamental to redirecting teaching and learning upon our climate emergency has been widely accepted in academy and in the international organisations’ arena. However, there seems to be little consensus about what EfS should look like, who and how it should be provided and how to adapt pedagogical practices to ensure its effectiveness (Reid, 2019).

The relationship between human development and environmental impact is complex. People with high educational achievements living in the Global North are more likely to have a larger carbon footprint, which is harmful to local and global ecosystems. This is often due to an overall higher consumption of goods, food and water waste, as well as high CO2 emissions as a result of regular use of cars and aeroplanes(Wals and Benavot, 2017) Conversely, access to environmental education and knowledge about climate change and ecology has promoted behavioural change towards recycling, reducing waste and energy use and selecting less carbon-intensive methods of transport if possible. This implies that some types of education prove to be effective in increasing care for the environment at the local and global levels (Wals and Benavot, 2017).

Education for Sustainability (EfS) -or Transformative Education for Sustainability- (Laininen, 2019) can be both instrumental and emancipatory. It can help to create citizens who are aware of environmental issues and provide them with tools to act. It investigates ways of living in a more sustainable manner with the environment and with the rest of society. This type of education tends to promote learning by doing, collaboration, participation and transformation in nature. In some cases, it involves questioning not only how we live but also production and consumption systems, local eco-social problems and how they relate to global issues, as well as carrying out action and awareness campaigns. One of the main objectives of this type of education is to promote more just and environmentally sustainable societies.

This research has the following central questions:

  • How can we educate our youth (11-15) towards more sustainable lifestyles?

  • What are the main characteristics of projects that focus on transformative education towards sustainability in three school projects that claim to focus on EfS? How can we evaluate and monitor them?

  • What policies and practices have been adopted by the educational community? How have the different actors across the educational community interpreted the schools’ policies and practices?

  • What is the relationship between the context in which the project is immersed and its EfS proposal?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
These research questions will be answered through a comparative study of renowned EfS projects in three public schools in Italy, Argentina and Uruguay. One educational project is selected in each country. The selection criteria is based on the consolidation of the project, local (or international) recognition of the project, duration (minimum 5 years) and relevance of the educational proposal. Diversity is sought in terms of types of projects and the socio-economic context in which they are immersed. The activities carried out in each centre are observations, questionnaires, interviews and workshops.

Observations of a minimum of 20 hours of classes and/or daily routine in each educational centre will be conducted. These observations will be the first step in approaching the projects once they confirm their interest in participating in this study. The aim is to analyse the context and create the social connections and relationships necessary to enhance the quality of in-depth interviews. Moreover, they will serve to identify potential candidates for interviews.

Questionnaires will be sent to all participating students in each school. These questionnaires aim at obtaining a ‘general gist’ of their perspective on key research topics such as: their relation to nature, to their environment and their everyday decisions which might have an impact on their ecological footprint.

Between five and seven semi-structured interviews will be conducted in each school, with representation from different adult stakeholders: management, teachers, general staff and parents. In addition, a limited number of education authorities and national public education experts will be interviewed. The purpose of interviewing experts is to frame each project within the education system in which it is located. All interviews will be conducted in the mother tongue of the interviewee Spanish or Italian, and will last approximately 40 minutes.

Five workshops are conducted with students in each educational community. The aim of these workshops is to provide a safe space for students, who might otherwise feel pressured in a one-to-one interview to discuss nature, climate change, and the environment. The topics of the workshops are:

Are we all connected in sustainability? How?
How does (un)sustainability impact different social groups?
Is sustainability an individual or collective issue? why?
What is sustainability for us?

The aim of these workshops is to provide students with safe space to reflect on what they understand by sustainability, diverse forms of injustices (economic, climate, social), cultural diversity, and the relevance of collective and political action.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study presents four expected outcomes:

1) Creating a theoretical framework to evaluate and monitor EfS projects.

2) Establishing a theoretical framework to compare the inputs, processes and outputs of each project with regards to EfS. It can also serve as a reference for other schools that want to reflect on and evaluate their own practices and policies.

3) Generating exchange opportunities between schools. The aim is to create a space to discuss the opportunities, tensions and difficulties in developing each project within their contexts.

4) Generating a network between projects, promoting webinars and exchange of information and experiences at the managerial, teaching and student level.

References
Laininen, E. (2019) ‘Transforming our worldview towards a sustainable future’, in Sustainability, Human Well-Being, and the Future of Education. doi: 10.1007/978-3-319-78580-6_5.

Perkins, K. M. et al. (2018) ‘International perspectives on the pedagogy of climate change’, Journal of Cleaner Production. Elsevier Ltd, 200, pp. 1043–1052. doi: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2018.07.296.

Reid, A. (2019) ‘Climate change education and research: possibilities and potentials versus problems and perils?’, Environmental Education Research. Routledge, 25(6), pp. 767–790. doi: 10.1080/13504622.2019.1664075.

UNESCO (1997) ‘International Conference on Environment and Society: Education and Public Awareness for Sustainability; Declaration of Thessaloniki; 1997’, in International Conference Environment and Society: Education and Public Awareness for Sustainability.

UNESCO (2019) ‘Country progress on Climate Change Education, Training and Public Awareness’. Available at: http://www.unesco.org/open-access/terms-use-ccbysa-en

Wals, A. E. J. and Benavot, A. (2017) ‘Can we meet the sustainability challenges? The role of education and lifelong learning’, European Journal of Education, 52(4). doi: 10.1111/ejed.12250.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Primate Welfare and Conservation Education Program: Evaluating the Impact in Knowledge and Attitudes on Visitors

Martí Masip1,2, Olga Feliu1, David Riba1,2, Raquel Heras2

1Fundacio MONA, Spain; 2Universitat de Girona, Spain

Presenting Author: Masip, Martí

Education and raising awareness should be one of the primary roles of the institutions that work in biodiversity conservation. Fundació MONA (MONA) is a primate sanctuary that provides housing for chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) and Barbary macaques (Macaca sylvanus), two primate species that are in at risk of extinction. Primates rescued by MONA sanctuary were victims of illegal wildlife trade and they were used as TV and circus stars, advertising models or pets. The main objective of Fundació MONA is to give a second chance to this primates, in a place where they can live in the best possible natural conditions, surrounded by others of their kind and looked after by professional care-givers who provide them with food and other basic needs.

Linked to this work with primates, MONA counts with a conservation education program, as one of its statutory objectives. The main goal of this program is to provide participants with knowledge, which is the first step to promote attitudes and behaviours towards the conservation of primates’ wildlife and their welfare. The program includes different educational activities addressed and adapted to general public and students. These are based in a visit to the sanctuary facilities, during which the educator develops different topics using the life stories of the animals.

General public visits are carried out during weekends and holidays and comprises participants with a wide range of ages, from adults to children and teenagers who come with their families. This group called “general public” was the subject of this study, themain goal wasto evaluate the impact generated by the educational activities in which they participated during their time at the MONA sanctuary. The final purpose was to understand if the activities fulfil their function. In order to achieve this goal, an evaluation and a measure of the impact on their knowledge and attitudes toward primate conservation and welfare, was carried out.

Conservation education programs have been implemented by different organizations as a tool to increase the knowledge and attitudes toward biodiversity conservation (Ardoin et al., 2020; Borchers et al., 2013; Burnett et al., 2016; Chalmin-Pui & Perkins, 2017; Clayton, 2017; Hacker & Miller, 2016). However, since the conceptualization of Environmental Education (Stapp, 1969), there has been an intense debate among the experts about which is the best method to evaluated this kind of programs (Fien et al., 2001). One of the most used method to evaluate and measure the impact of conservation education programs is focused on the knowledge, the attitudes , the pro-conservation behaviours, and the relationship between them (Marcinkowski & Reid, 2019).

Many authors have theorized about the definitions of these words. One of the most accepted definition for Attitudes is the one proposed by Allport (1935), who defined them as: “a mental and neural state of readiness, organized through experience, exerting a directive or dynamic influence upon the individual's response to all objects and situations with which it is related.”(p. 810). Regarding to pro-conservation behaviours, we can consider the theory proposed by Stern (2000), defined as: from the actor’s standpoint as behaviour that is undertaken with the intention to change (normally, to benefit) the environment” (p.408). The relationship between this two concepts is based in the Theory of Planned Behaviour proposed by Ajzen and Fishbein (1991; 1975). This theory defends that people act in accordance with their intentions and perceptions of control over behaviour, while intentions are in turn influenced by attitudes toward the behaviour, subjective norms, and perceptions of behavioural control.

Considering those definitions, the model Knowledge – Attitudes – Behaviour has been used to evaluate and measure the impact of conservation education programs.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data were obtained from 1221 participants (698 females, 491 males and 8 people who did not define their gender). Ages ranged from 4 to 83 years old. All of them have participated in the conservation education program of MONA between January of 2019 and December of 2020.

We developed two questionnaires. The first one was focused on participant’s attitudes towards primate welfare and conservation and the other one, was focused on participant’s knowledge about primate species. These questionnaires were aimed to evaluate changes in participant’s knowledge and attitudes once they finished the education activities. We stablished two groups, the control group and the experimental group. The control group, answered the questionnaire without having been exposed to the educational program, and the experimental group, answered the questionnaire after participating. This study had a between subjects’ design, so each participant just answered one of the two questionnaires. The groups were selected randomly. With this, we wanted to avoid that participants were affected by being exposed to the same questions two times (Bowie et al., 2020; Clayton, 2017).

All responses were treated anonymously. All participants answered in paper version of the questionnaire, and then the data was digitalized.

We analysed the questionnaires using the same methodology but we analysed them separately. The first step was computing a questionnaire score, based on the proportion of pro-conservation responses, we divided the number of pro-conservation responses by the total number of responses (pro-conservation and non-conservation responses). The second step consisted in analysing the effects of the predictors (moment of the answer, gender, age, educational level and previous visits) in the questionnaire score. For these we used a linear model (Baayen, 2008). Linear Models were run in R by lmer function. We generated various models and selected the model in which predictors offered most parsimonious combination through the corrected Akaike information criterion (AICc) (‘aictab’ function). We also checked whether our models fit the criteria of normal distribution and homogeneous residuals by visual explorations of histograms and ggplot of the residuals as well as residuals plotted against fitted values. The checking of the significance of the predictors at global level by contrasting the full model and the null model, excluding all fixed effects. Finally, we run a comparison using the function “emmeans” and adjusted by Bonferroni test, to see the differences inside each predictor which had significance influence on the questionnaire score.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results showed that in both cases, the experimental group had significance better results in the questionnaires that the control group. That confirms that the educational activities carried out at the MONA sanctuary had a positive impact on the knowledge and attitudes towards primate conservation and welfare for the people that took part in the activities. With this, we can assure that MONA is accomplishing the goal of its conservation program.

Regarding attitudes, our results show that people significantly increased their pro-conservation attitudes after participating in MONA’s education activities. Also, we found that people who had participated before, in the same year, in MONA’s education activities, had a better scoring that people that never had participated or that people that visited MONA more than a year ago.  Finally, we also saw a slight significance increase in people who had university studies, and those who were in the range of 32 and 43 years old.

Regarding knowledge, our results show that people significantly increased their pro-conservation knowledge about primates after participating in MONA’s education activities. The results, also showed that females increased significantly more their knowledge that males. Finally, we also saw a slight significance increase in the knowledge of people who had university studies.

References
Ajzen, I. (1991). The theory of planned behavior. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 50(2), 179-211. https://doi.org/10.1016/0749-5978(91)90020-T
Allport, G. W. (1935). Attitudes. In C. Murchison (Ed.), Handbook of Social Psycholohy (pp. 789-844). Clark University Press.
Ardoin, N. M., Bowers, A. W., & Gaillard, E. (2020). Environmental education outcomes for conservation: A systematic review. Biological Conservation, 241, 108224. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biocon.2019.108224
Baayen, R. H. (2008). Analyzing Linguistic Data: A Practical Introduction to Statistics using R. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/DOI: 10.1017/CBO9780511801686
Borchers, C., Boesch, C., Riedel, J., Guilahoux, H., Ouattara, D., & Randler, C. (2013). Environmental Education in Côte d'Ivoire/West Africa: Extra-Curricular Primary School Teaching Shows Positive Impact on Environmental Knowledge and Attitudes. International Journal of Science Education, Part B, 4(3), 240-259. https://doi.org/10.1080/21548455.2013.803632
Bowie, A., Krupenye, C., Mbonzo, P., Minesi, F., & Hare, B. (2020). Implicit Measures Help Demonstrate the Value of Conservation Education in the Democratic Republic of the Congo. Frontiers in Psychology, 11. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.00386
Burnett, E., Sills, E., Peterson, M. N., & DePerno, C. (2016). Impacts of the conservation education program in Serra Malagueta Natural Park, Cape Verde. Environmental Education Research, 22(4), 538-550. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2015.1015497
Chalmin-Pui, L. S., & Perkins, R. (2017). How do visitors relate to biodiversity conservation? An analysis of London Zoo’s ‘BUGS’ exhibit. Environmental Education Research, 23(10), 1462-1475. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2016.1259395
Clayton, S. P. A. C. (2017). Public support for Biodiversity after a zoo visit: Environmental concern, conservation knowledge and self-efficacy. Curator: The Museum Journal, 60. https://doi.org/10.1111/cura.12188
Fien, J., Scott, W., & Tilbury, D. (2001). Education and Conservation: Lessons from an evaluation. Environmental Education Research, 7(4), 379-395. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504620120081269
Fishbein, M. A., & Ajzen, I. (1975). Belief, Attitude, Intention and Behaviour: An Introduction to Theory and Research. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company.
Hacker, C. E., & Miller, L. J. (2016). Zoo visitor perceptions, attitudes, and conservation intent after viewing African elephants at the San Diego Zoo Safari Park. Zoo Biology, 35(4). https://doi.org/10.1002/zoo.21303
Marcinkowski, T., & Reid, A. (2019). Reviews of research on the attitude–behavior relationship and their implications for future environmental education research. Environmental Education Research, 25(4), 459-471. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2019.1634237
Stapp, W. B. (1969). The Concept of Environmental Education. Environmental Education, 1(1), 30-31. https://doi.org/10.1080/00139254.1969.10801479
Stern, P. C. (2000). Toward a Coherent Theory of Environmentally Significant Behaviour. Journal of Social Issues, 56(3), 407-424.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Focusing on a Christian ESE: A New Materialst Approach

Amanda Anderson

Anglia Ruskin University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Anderson, Amanda

It is not novel to say we need a new paradigm or new approaches in Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE). Writing in 2010, halfway through the UN Decade for Sustainable Development, Pace looks back at what had been achieved in terms of Environment Education tracing it back to its roots in the Tbilisi IGC; He dares suggest we have been ‘preoccupied with what version is currently in fashion’ rather than action. Pace positively concludes this is ‘part of an educational process that is contextually relevant, participatory, emancipatory and leading towards sustainable development’ (2010, p.322). Since then, there was what Gough (2016) describes as ‘a materialist turn’ (p.55), with contributions like McPhie and Clarke’s (2015, 2020) amongst others.

I am looking at ESE outside of formal schooling. Ardoin and Heimlich (2021) suggest that learning ‘happens across a variety of biophysical and sociocultural settings, experiences, and contexts and is recognised as being life wide; … … [is] ‘life-deep, or influenced by one’s culture, values, beliefs and ideologies’ (p.1682). The survival of humanity and all creatures on Earth is an issue that according to Deane-Drummond (2008) touches deeply on our sense of meaning and purpose: ‘it is hard to talk meaningfully about ecology … … without also speaking about religion and theology’ (p.11).

In ESE (and EE) literature there has been little focus on Christian ESE. Cholil and Parker (2021) suggest that it is important for the broader EE research community to consider religious EE because just as like some New Materialist approaches, it is interested in ‘exploring the more-than-human world [and] how we can get away from anthropocentrism’ (2021, p.1778). Integral ecology is one of the elements of Christian EE, also identified as one of the intellectual responses to climate change, and the Anthropocene (Ivakhiv, 2014; Clarke, 2017). Integral ecology is described by Pope Francis in his letter to all humanity: Laudato Si, On care of our common home as call ‘to openness to categories which transcend the language of Mathematics and Biology and takes us to the heart of what it is to be human’ (LS11).

There is considerable action on the Christian ESE front (Howles, et al 2018; Kureethadam, 2019), spurred by Laudato Si, where a whole chapter (6) deals with ‘Ecological Education and Spirituality’ highlighting the importance placed on education (LS15). It is interesting that there has been little articulation or focus on links between Christian EE and ESE. This can prove to be an avenue for possibility, and an alternative way of looking past dualisms, as suggested by New Materialists.

There is no better time for ESE to ‘explore and apply various forms of post-humanist and new materialist theory in rigorous but creative ways’ (Mannion 2020, p.1353). Similarly, I suggest focusing on emerging New Materialist themes in the Christian EE/ESE context, building on them, and exploring new connections: adding to work by Clarke and Mcphie (2020) in their introduction to the special issue of Environment Education Research: New Materialisms and Environmental Education.

In a climate emergency, in any emergency, we need all hands on deck. ‘If we are truly concerned to develop an ecology capable of remedying the damage we have done, no branch of sciences and no form of wisdom can be left out’ (LS63). Hungerford and Volk in their 1990 paper differentiate between information giving, and the more challenging task of behaviour change. Building on Latour’s lectures, amongst others, in their paper on an Ecological citizenship, Howles et al suggest a ‘potential overlap’ between New Materialist concepts and Laudato Si: it is that which I explore in my research.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
My method is ethnography with some autoethnographic elements as I participate and experience the same spaces, and educational activities/courses of two different Christian ESE providers in the UK.  The groups are connected through a Christian conservation organisation.  I draw my qualitative data from fieldwork using interviews, participant observation and focus groups.  I have carried out scoping interviews at the start of the process to identify and choose my case studies.  I have also attended public (online) meetings with my groups’ ethical permission (and appropriate Ethical permissions from my institution).  
My positionality, as a researcher from Malta growing up with an education based on the values of the Catholic church, contributes to the ‘how’ and ‘why’ I chose to dealing with this topic.  Thinking back at my own education and my motivation for any environmental action (with respect to what kind of planet I want to leave for my children) I do not see it apart from the rest of the assembly that makes my own life: social, economic, cultural, spiritual, political or educational.  Linking ESE with my Christian values seemed natural.  Reflecting on my research journey I embrace a New Materialist approach, as described by Fox and Alldred (2015) of ‘research-assemblage’ which includes myself as researcher, data, methods and contexts’ as a participant observer and this is how I think looking at Christian ESE with that approach will contribute to knowledge in ESE.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
By focusing on Christian ESE providers in the UK, I want to see what themes emerge.  We can learn whether such a connection or such assemblage of ESE embedded in Christian values is purposeful, and therefore could do more towards supporting the creation of environmentally responsible communities that we desperately need in this Climate Emergency.  The beneficiaries of my case studies will be environment and sustainability education providers themselves, and to contribute to knowledge in this field so that we have better chances of living in a more sustainable world.  Clarke and Mcphie, assert that “conversations about the significance of new materialisms within environmental education research are well underway” and with my contribution, using that approach I hope that I bring in another theme: how eco-theology as part of integral ecology could be included in our discussion in ESE, as part of thinking with new concepts (Clarke and Mcphie, 2020).  Just like Gough’s concluding remarks, (2016, p.60) it is difficult to point to exact outcomes at this stage in my research, therefore I propose looking at Christian ESE for new connections, to find out how it is becoming: there is no other way to do that than by being present and experiment blurring boundaries of research and experience.  
References
Ardoin, N.M, and Heimlich, J.E., 2021. Environmental learning in everyday life: foundations of meaning and a context for change, Environmental Education Research, 27(12), 1681-1699, DOI: 10.1080/13504622.2021.1992354
Cholil, S., and Parker, L., 2021. Environmental Education and Eco-Theology: Insights from Franciscan Schools in Indonesia. Environmental Education Research, 27(12), 1759-1782 DOI:10.1080/13504622.2021.1968349.
Clarke, D.A.G., 2017. Educating Beyond the Cultural and the Natural: (Re)Framing the Limits of the Possible in Environmental Education. In: Malone, K., Truong, S., Gray, T. (eds) Reimagining Sustainability in Precarious Times. Springer, Singapore.
Clarke, D.A.G., and McPhie, J., 2020. Tensions, knots, and lines of flight: themes and directions of travel for new materialisms and environmental education, Environmental Education Research, 26:9-10, 1231-1254, DOI: 10.1080/13504622.2020.1825631
Deane-Drummond, C., 2008. (Reprint 2016) Eco-Theology. Darton, Longman and Todd Ltd. London: UK.
Fox, N. J, and Alldred, P., 2015. New materialist social inquiry:  Designs, methods and the research-assemblage.  International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 18(4), 399-414
Francis, 2015. Laudato Si’: On Care for Our Common Home. Pope Francis Encyclical Letter: Vatican City.
Gough, N., 2016, Postpardigmatic materialisms:  A ‘new movement of thought’ for outdoor environmental education research?, in Journal of Outdoor and Environmental Education 19(2), 51-56
Gould, R.K., N.M., Ardoin, Thomsen, J., and Wyman Roth.N.,  2019. “Exploring Connections between Environmental Learning and Behavior through Four Everyday-Life Case Studies.” Environmental Education Research 25(3) 314–340. [Taylor & Francis Online],
Howles, T., Reader, J., and Hodson, M.J., 2018. ‘Creating an Ecological Citizenship’: Philosophical and Theological Perspectives on the Role of Contemporary Environmental Education, Hey J, 59:997-1008. https://doi.org/10.1111/heyj.13015
Hungerford H.R., and Volk, T. 1990. Changing Learner Behaviour Through Environmental Education, The Journal of Environmental Education, 21(3), 8-21 DOI: 10.1080/00958964.1990.10753743
Ivakhiv, A., 2014. On matters of concern: Ontological politics, ecology, and the Anthropo(s)cene. Retrieved from <http://environmentsandsocieties.ucdavis.edu/files/2014/04/On-Matters-ofConcern.pdf>
Kureethadam, J.I., 2019. The Ten Green Commandments of Laudato Si’, LITURGICAL PRESS Collegeville:Minnesota, <https://lsri.campion.ox.ac.uk/projects/test-book-content>
Latour, B., 2017. Facing Gaia, Eight Lectures on The New climatic Regime, Translated by Catherine Porter, Polity Press, Cambridge:UK.
Mannion, G. 2020. Re-assembling environmental and sustainability education: orientations from New Materialism, Environmental Education Research, 26:9-10, 1353-1372, DOI: 10.1080/13504622.2018.1536926
McPhie, J. and Clarke, D.A.G., 2015. A walk in the park; Considering practice for outdoor environmental education through an immanent take on the material turn.  The Journal of Environmental Education, 46(4), 230-250.
Pace, P. 2010, Education for sustainable development: Current fad or renewed commitment to action? Journal of Baltic Science Education, 9(4) 315-323; <www.researchgate.net/publication/299018946>
 
Date: Tuesday, 22/Aug/2023
9:00am - 10:30am99 ERC SES 07 M: Ethnography in Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Mhairi Beaton
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

An Autoethnography of a Dyslexic PhD Tutor in the UK

Jessica Eccles-Padwick

Edge Hill University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Eccles-Padwick, Jessica

Introduction

There is a lack of first-hand accounts from dyslexic Higher Education (HE) tutors within the literature. This investigation will add to a body of research, offering insight and understanding into the experience of a dyslexic tutor working in HE. Being an autoethnographic inquiry, the work derived from this study is not intended to be universal; experiences shown in this project should exist for others to respond to in the wake of a lack of accounts. Moreover, the findings of this investigation possess the power to resonate with others where intersections of their lives may be similar, including national and international colleagues. The rationale for using my own first-hand account stems from a lack of autoethnographic accounts of dyslexic tutors in HE. Several studies in the literature detail the experience of dyslexic trainee teachers (Glazzard & Dale, 2013; 2015; Jacobs, Collyer, Lawernce, & Glazzard, 2021); dyslexic students (Robinson, 2017; Shaw & Anderson, 2018; Gant & Hewson, 2022); and dyslexic tutors teaching at various levels of study (Riddick, 2003; Griffiths, 2012; Patrícia, Borges, Pinto, 2022). However, most of these works do not utilise autoethnographic approaches. Additionally, none of the accounts mentioned reflect on tutors who develop a dyslexic identity whilst teaching.

The ontological and epistemological stances taken in this work are social constructivism (SC). I will conduct this work with the notion that reality is the product of agreed-upon concepts (Cresswell & Poth, 2016). Autoethnography is suited to be framed via SC, as I am embracing that in a world where agreement by society dictates what we know of a given thing, under this framework, I know intimately about the thing I am researching – my experience. I am seeking to demonstrate the relationship between being an educator and being dyslexic so that others may understand my experience in their views. The findings of the study are not meant to be generalisable, however, these may be relatable and encouraging to others who find themselves in a similar position or those who desire to understand the authentic experience of dyslexic tutors; an important consideration given the lack of representation for dyslexic educators in HE (Hiscock & Leigh, 2020).

Background
My own experience of teaching and dyslexic identity covers a period of five years. Firstly, I taught in a college during my undergraduate degree, with no firm conception of what dyslexia/ being dyslexic was. I then studied for a teacher training degree immediately after learning of my dyslexic status; finally, currently, I am a Graduate Teaching Assistant (GTA) at a UK HE institution, whilst writing my PhD on dyslexic experiences, and self-identify as dyslexic. The sections and intersection of these stages of my life chart the development of my professional practice and dyslexic identity. Whether or not learning more about those aspects of myself that can be called dyslexic has had any impact or influence on the way I teach is unclear. This investigation will offer insight into my own lived experience, where readers may relate or empathise, in response to the research question: In what ways has the development of my dyslexic identity impacted my professional practice?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology
Being inductive in nature, autoethnography is a congruent methodology for inquiry, as I will critically analyse my experience concerning the literature showing instances that complement and contrast.
Autoethnography offers an avenue to “[converse] with the literature” (Wall, 2008, p.40), allowing for a zoomed-in view of practice at the granular level, paying attention to nuances of details in embodied examples of practice (Adams, Ellis, & Jones, 2017). Considering my aim is to develop my practice, I need to reflect on what I do and why I do it (Lee, 2020). Through using an autoethnographic approach, I will add concrete examples to the body of literature by sharing my account relating to the literature (Ellis, Adams, & Bochner, 2011). While some deem autoethnography only a method for illustrating personal accounts (Ellis & Bochner, 2000; Walford, 2004), I intend to link themes within the literature to my experience. Using a rigorous approach in my reflexivity when investigating the complements and contrast of my account to other works, as bias is unavoidable in ethnographic work and should be embraced by the researcher (Duncan, 2004).
Reflexivity is a core element within autoethnographic research. Rather than prising objectivity in this study, the inevitable subjectivity of my approach to the question should be embraced and made transparent. Being part (and chiefly, the narrator) of the world that I am seeking to illustrate will require me to pay close attention to my position towards the data. The evolving relationship between the data and myself will be highlighted in a reflexivity journal, enabling me to highlight my assumptions and biases when sharing insights.
Methods
I will create entries in a dedicated research journal as the main method, whilst also using artefacts (e.g., previous personal diary entries over the past five years) to support relevant themes as they develop.
The resultant data will be analysed using reflexive thematic analysis ((TA) Braun & Clarke, 2006; 2019; Clarke & Braun, 2013)). Using reflexive TA will enable me to identify resonant themes from the insights and accounts (Wilkinson, 2020).  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected outcomes of this inquiry may focus on self-concept, agency, identity and inclusion. Whilst the research is ongoing, emergent themes have highlighted the importance of self-concept when navigating the development of a new identities. through the course of the research I will continue to analyse the data and disseminate findings, aligning finding to research in the literature.
References
Adams, T. E., Ellis, C., & Jones, S. H. (2017). Autoethnography. The international encyclopedia of communication research methods, 1-11.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77101.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative research in sport, exercise and health, 11(4), 589-597.  
Clarke, V., & Braun, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research: A practical guide for beginners. Successful Qualitative Research, 1-400.
Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2016). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Sage publications.
Duncan, M. (2004). Autoethnography: Critical appreciation of an emerging art. International journal of qualitative methods, 3(4), 28-39.
Ellis, C., & Bochner, A. P. (2000). Autoethnography, personal narrative, reflexivity. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research (2nd ed., pp. 733-768). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Ellis, C., Adams, T. E., & Bochner, A. P. (2011). Autoethnography: an overview. Historical social research/Historische sozialforschung, 273-290.
Hiscock, J., & Leigh, J. (2020). Exploring perceptions of and supporting dyslexia in teachers in higher education in STEM. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 57(6), 714-723.
Lee, K. (2020). Autoethnography as an authentic learning activity in online doctoral education: An integrated approach to authentic learning. TechTrends, 64(4), 570-580.
Walford, G. (2004). Finding the limits: Autoethnography and being an Oxford University proctor. Qualitative research, 4(3), 403-417.  
Wall, S. (2008). Easier said than done: Writing an autoethnography. International journal of qualitative methods, 7(1), 38-53.
Wilkinson, C. (2020). Imposter syndrome and the accidental academic: An autoethnographic account. International Journal for Academic Development, 25(4), 363-374.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Invisible Change: Informal Learning Practices among Craftspeople in SMEs - A subjectivation-theoretical analysis into the affective creation of learning identities

Milan Glatzer, Antje Barabasch

SFUVET, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Glatzer, Milan

The project presents preliminary results of the research into informal and non-formal training practices of photovoltaic system assemblers in Switzerland. The research follows an empirical subjectivation approach and aims to understand the interrelation between normatively loaded education-discourses, intrinsic learning ambitions and the construction of workers identities. Such knowledge is necessary for understanding increasingly diverse careers and corresponding new learning needs.

In Europe, the competition with uprising economies and the unfolding of a knowledge society has amplified political efforts, to institutionalize a culture of lifelong learning (LLL). Such efforts are accompanied by the establishment of normatively loaded discourse regarding ideal learning-subjects, which emphasize flexibilization, self-disciplining and individual responsibility (Holzer 2014; Mariager et. al 2016; Rothe 2011). The shift in responsibility for one's own positioning in the social hierarchy, has strengthened the importance of educational certificates, gained through formal training. At the same time, research in adult education has come to recognize the importance of informal learning for further education. This applies especially to craftspeople in SMEs who demonstrate a strong culture of “learning by doing” (Dobischat et al. 2019; Eraut 2004; Fenwick 2008). The consequence is a conflictual relationship between the learning ideals conveyed by the LLL-discourse and the learning dispositions of craftspeople. The questions appear, how do craftspeople from SMEs, with extensive experience in lifelong learning, relate to formal education courses and the LLL-discourse throughout their identity-work, and how does their identity as learners instruct their informal learning practices?

The photovoltaic system industry in Switzerland is of special interest for these questions, as it lacks a standardized apprenticeship system and relies on non-formal and informal learning strategies. This circumstance attracts a range of diversely qualified workers with extensive experience in informal and lifelong learning. At the same time, the industry is undergoing a process of formalization, with the first apprenticeship-course starting in 2024 („Grünes Licht für Schweizer Solarlehren ab 2024“ 2022). This change is likely to require experienced assemblers to take part in formal training courses which threatens to devaluate their identity as experienced professionals and conflict with their intrinsic learning ambitions. The goal of this research is to document the strategies of assemblers to address these challenges by looking at both, the institutional adaptations of the companies and the identity-adaptations by the assemblers.

Examining this tension provides valuable insights into the conflictual dichotomy between formal and informal learning and ways to overcome it. Such insights are of importance for establishing ways to formally accredit professional experience, thereby supporting people in their learning needs as career jumpers and lifelong learners. The research is conducted through a qualitative case study approach, involving interviews with assemblers and participatory observations.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to be able to describe the assemblers’ learning attitudes and practices, the establishment of a trusting relationship is essential. This is made possible by ethnographic approaches using participant observation. Therefore, I am exposing myself to the informal and non-formal learning practices of assemblers over a period of several months.

In addition to field observations, an interview analysis based on subjectification theoretical approaches will be conducted. Empirical subjectivation research is dedicated to the study of people's practices of self-formation within symbolic orders (Geimer et al. 2018, 2). In order to examine the interrelation between embodied and discursive knowledge structures, a methodological consolidation is suggested which combines Geimer's Documentary Subjectification Analysis with Bosancic's Interpretative Subjectification Analysis.

Central to the Interpretative Subjectivation Analysis is the merging of discourse and subject analysis. Accordingly, both levels are reconstructed in relation to each other through analyzing the constitution of human self-references. For such an amalgamation, principles of the Sociological Discourse Analysis of knowledge are combined with principles of the American Interpretive Paradigm. With reference to the former, Foucault's concept of discourse is applied so that socially circulating "subject models" and accompanying normative appeal-structures are determined (Bosancic 2014, 171). With reference to the Interpretive Paradigm, on the other hand, Mead's concepts of identity formation are mobilized, so that social interaction processes – as the occur in interviews – come into view for the constitution of self-references (ibid. 77).

Geimers approach is based on Bohnsack's documentary method and distinguishes between implicit and reflexive knowledge, whereby it assigns action-guiding relevance to the former (cf. Bohnsack 2009: 321). Accordingly, analytical access to such bodies of knowledge cannot be achieved through a theoretical explication of the interviewees. Instead, it is necessary to explore the "structure of meaning" behind the statements of the interviewees, so that knowledge structures are investigated that are beyond the scope of the interviewees' reflection (ibid.: 324). Accordingly, the central task of the Documentary Method is "to make implicit knowledge explicit" (ibid.). Although in the Documentary Method the focus is on action-guiding knowledge, the interest is not in the actions themselves, but in the orientations of the actors regarding their actions (ibid.: 325). Bohnsack emphasizes the extent to which ultimately such orientation patterns are decisive for the creation of continuity in action (ibid.).

Since the different research approaches complement each other in their epistemic design, a triangulation between the approaches is pursued.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary observations indicate that installers make little reference to the discourse around lifelong learning in their self-narratives. A major reason for this is the individualistic orientation of the discourse. Instead, there are indications that a collectivist motive of local belonging is crucial for the installers, both for their own self-image and for their own motivation to learn. Thus, the self-narratives of the solar installers also hardly mention the contribution made to the preservation of climate goals. Instead, aesthetic components of the newly learned profession in particular come to the fore for identity formation. The observations raise questions regarding successful continuing education strategies for skilled trades.
References
Bosančić, Saša. 2019. „Die Forschungsperspektive der Interpretativen Subjektivierungsanalyse“. In Subjekt und Subjektivierung, herausgegeben von

Alexander Geimer, Steffen Amling, und Saša Bosančić, 43–64. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-22313-7_3.

Dobischat, Rolf, Bernd Käpplinger, Gabriele Molzberger, und Dieter Münk, Hrsg. 2019. Bildung  2.1 für Arbeit 4.0? Bd. 6. Bildung und Arbeit. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-23373-0.

Eraut, Michael. 2004. „Informal Learning in the Workplace“. Studies in Continuing Education 26 (2): 247–73. https://doi.org/10.1080/158037042000225245.

Fenwick, Tara. 2008. „Workplace Learning: Emerging Trends and New Perspectives“. New
Directions for Adult and Continuing Education 2008 (119): 17–26. https://doi.org/10.1002/ace.302.

Geimer, Ivanander / Steffen Amling / Sasa Bosancic (2019): Einleitung: Anliegen und Konturen der Subjektivierungsforschung, in: Subjekt und Subjektivierung: Empirische und theoretische Perspektiven auf Subjektivierungsprozesse, Wiesbaden, Deutschland:
Springer VS. S. 1-11.

„Grünes Licht für Schweizer Solarlehren ab 2024“. 2022. 20. Dezember 2022.
https://www.swissolar.ch/services/medien/news/detail/n-n/gruenes-licht-fuer-schweizer-solarlehren-ab-2024/

Holzer, Daniela. 2014. „Widerstand gegen (Weiter-)Bildung als solidarische Praxis? Zwischen Heroisierungen, begrifflichen Missverständnissen und gesellschaftspolitischen Möglichkeiten“. In Expansive Bildungspolitik – Expansive Bildung? Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-06669-7.

Mariager-Anderson, Kristina, Pia Cort, und Rie Thomsen. 2016. „‘In Reality, I Motivate Myself!’. ‘Low-Skilled’ Workers’ Motivation: Between Individual and Societal Narratives“. British Journal of Guidance & Counselling 44 (2): 171–84. https://doi.org/10.1080/03069885.2016.1145191.

Prenzel, Manfred. 1993. „Autonomie und Motivation im Lernen Erwachsener“.
https://doi.org/10.25656/01:11174.

Rothe, Daniela. 2011. Lebenslanges Lernen als Programm: Eine diskursive Formation in der Erwachsenenbildung. Frankfurt/M.: Campus Verlag.
Schüepp, Philipp. 2017. Weiterbildung in Schweizer KMU. Resultate einer
explorativen Befragung bei 11 Betrieben. Zürich: SVEB (https://alice.ch/de/
informiert-bleiben/publikationen/).

Thole, Christiane. 2021. Berufliche Identitätsarbeit als Bildungsauftrag der Berufsschule. DE: wbv Media. https://doi.org/10.3278/6004730w.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Ethnographic Research on Inclusive Education in North-South Relations – Exclusionary Methodologies Included?

Felicitas Kruschick

Leibniz University Hanover, Germany

Presenting Author: Kruschick, Felicitas

This paper discusses - on a methodological basis - how the entanglement of research object (inclusive education), method (ethnography) and researcher (myself) constructs research on inclusive education in North-South relations. In addition, this paper illustrates how this construction leads to a reproduction of exclusive dynamics within this field of research, by taking into account an Inclusion and Open Science (OS) perspective. These patterns suggest at elements of an ongoing and contemporary postcolonial context in terms of knowledge production, representation and equity. The methodological discussion is part of my PhD project on inclusive education practices in rural Ghana.

To begin with, doing research on inclusive education in an international context is of a human rights based and developmental interest, as both the UN-Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UN-CRPD) and the Agenda 2030 have politically and legally anchored inclusive education at the international level. However, doing research on this concept in an international context is problematic: both inclusion and dis/ability are considered to be contextually generated constructs that consequently differ from context to context. Both phenomena are themselves constructs that combine socio-economic, historical and politically shaped perspectives. (Singal, 2010, 2013) As a result, an a priori understanding of disability or inclusion is not reliable, so that the concept of inclusive education is limited to the contextual factors in which these phenomena are considered.

The need to discuss and reflect on contextual factors is of particular interest in North-South relations, which are characterized by issues of post-colonialism, power and inequity. This is not sufficiently pursued by academics. Consequently, the negotiation of inclusive education is described as a form of "('western') cultural imperialism" (Haskell, 1998) or as “from the West to the rest” (Grech, 2011). This aspect is hardly surprising, given that the concept itself results from reforms and developments of education systems in the so-called Global North (Global North is italicized to emphasize that it is a social construct based on a discriminatory ideology) (Werning et al., 2016).

It becomes evident that the theoretical negotiation is far away from an open, collaborative, and inclusive interaction that the idea of OS aspires to. By defining OS as a call for the democratization and decolonization of research (Chan et al., 2019), it becomes clear that the dominant norms within knowledge production create an exclusive, constant re-legitimization, in which diversity plays a marginal role. Hence, this closed research process does not fulfil the idea of a science that considers diversity, equity and inclusion as guiding research principles. This framework spans a field of tension where methodology, theory and epistemology need to be critically examined in order to achieve equitable representation, participation and diversity. (Bivand Erdal, 2019; Vicente-Saez & Martinez-Fuentes, 2018)

Furthermore, inclusive education theory in North-South relations points to methodological challenges: how is research ethically justifiable? Contextualizing my dissertation project on inclusive education practice in rural Ghana within the inclusive education theory and within the OS framework, I critically discussed the development of an inclusive research design in order to reduce exclusive dynamics. To achieve this, I address exclusion in several areas, which in turn may provide implications for an inclusive research process: object, method, and researcher. As outlined, the overarching research interest lies at both a methodological (I.) and a theoretical (II.) level:

  1. How does the entanglement of researcher (me), object (inclusive education) and method (ethnography) construct the perspective on inclusive education in North-South relations?
  2. How is the inclusive education practice adopted in rural Ghana?

Consequently, I will be able to present the inclusive education practice in rural Ghana as constructive, by considering both levels as influencing each other.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Situating myself within the ethnographic paradigm (Atkinson, Coffey, Delamont, Lofland & Lofland, 2014; Hammersley & Atkinson, 2019; Sancho Gil & Hernández-Hernández, 2021), I conducted ethnographic fieldwork in rural Ghana twice for about two months each: in 2017 and 2019. During this time, I lived with a host family in a village of about 200 people, which allowed me to immerse myself in everyday practices, challenges and routines. After weeks of developing access through my constant presence in the area, I met Paul (anonymized), who was introduced to me by the villagers as a mentally and physically disabled boy. From this point on, I was allowed to accompany Paul to school, to attend lessons, interact with teachers and learn about other forms of schooling and activities. I took field notes during my observations and ethnographic interviews, which I then transcribed into protocols. I gained insights through both participant observation and observational participation.
The ethnographic paradigm itself represents a constructive process, firstly because of the observations based on the perceptions and perspectives of the researcher, and secondly because of the translation from what is observed to what is recorded in the field notes. Considering the concept of inclusive education as relational, I therefore had to work out the impact of subjective perspectives and the location from which they are observed. I therefore considered subjectivity as an epistemic value. As a result, I developed a personal style of writing ethnographic field notes in which I express subjectivity (Beatty, 2010; Emerson, Fretz & Shaw, 2011). While research in this context runs the risk of reproducing a "from the West to the rest" (Grech, 2011) mentality at both a theoretical and methodological level, I am attempting to explore a way of considering the influence of myself within this research process in this way.
My empirical material is analyzed according to the Grounded Theory Methodology of Strauss and Corbin (1996) and Charmaz (2006), focusing on two different but related levels: the practice of inclusive education and how the observations and experiences affected me as a researcher and as a person. Subjectivity (emotions, irritations, uncertainties of action) became of great interest as a source of knowledge as the analysis gains an empirical basis that can be analyzed systematically, critically and self-reflexively. This step allows me to draw conclusions about (linguistic) images, 'othering' processes and norms that arise from my socialization.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
My expected outcomes are based firstly on the level of knowledge production and secondly on the level of access to and participation in knowledge.

At the first level, I trace exclusive dynamics by analyzing my ethnographic data in focus (I), atmosphere (II) and formulation (III) and ask how they relate to the biases mentioned below:
I. What did I focus on during the fieldwork? What did I leave out?
II. What atmosphere does my subjective style of writing style create? How does it reproduce essentialisation? How (detailed) do I describe?
III. What kind of words do I use to describe inclusive educational practice? How do they contribute to processes of 'othering'?

At the second level, I distinguish between epistemic (a), structural (b), institutional (c) and personal (d) biases.
a. How open am I to ‘other’ forms of (embodied) knowledge? Beyond scientific assumptions, what cultural, historical or political conditions and perspectives influence the ethnographic paradigm and the research questions I pose?
b. How do I decide whom to cite in my research? Where will I publish and with whom will I share and discuss my research? Do I primarily cite researchers from the Global North?
c. How diverse are the interpreters with whom I work? Do I get heterogeneous perspectives on inclusive education and knowledge production? To what extent are my working groups defined by white, endo-cis male, able-bodied, middle-class and Christian socialized people?
d. How have I been socialized? How do people's external characteristics influence my evaluation of their work?

In summary, the exclusionary entanglement of researcher, object and method produces what I have termed ‘Knowledge Inequity’ within the OS movement. It can be seen as both a consequence and a cause of the “from West to the rest” mentality (Kruschick & Schoch, 2023; Steinhardt & Kruschick, 2022).

References
Atkinson, P., Coffey, A., Delamont, S., Lofland, J. & Lofland, L. (Eds.). (2014). Handbook of ethnography (Reprinted.). Los Angeles London New Delhi Singapore Washington DC: SAGE.

Beatty, A. (2010). How Did It Feel for You? Emotion, Narrative, and the Limits of Ethnography. American Anthropologist, 112(3), 430–443. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1548-1433.2010.01250.x

Bivand Erdal, M. (2019). Open Knowledge Beyond Replicability – PRIO Blogs. Last access 8.12.2022. Available at: https://blogs.prio.org/2019/10/open-knowledge-beyond-replicability/

Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing grounded theory. London ; Thousand Oaks, Calif: Sage Publications.

Day, E. (2002). Me, My*self and I: Personal and Professional Re-Constructions in Ethnographic Research. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Re-search, 3(3). https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-3.3.824

Emerson, R. M., Fretz, R. I. & Shaw, L. L. (2011). Writing ethnographic fieldnotes (Chicago guides to writing, editing, and publishing) (2nd ed.). Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Grech, S. (2011). Recolonising debates or perpetuated coloniality? Decentring the spaces of disability, development and community in the global South. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 15(1), 87–100. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2010.496198

Hammersley, M. & Atkinson, P. (2019). Ethnography: principles in practice (4 Edition.). New York: Routledge.

Haskell, S. H. (1998). Inclusive schooling: The contemporary cultural imperialism of western ideologies. Hold at the Second International Exhibition and Congress on Rehabilitation, Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

Kruschick, F. & Schoch, K. (2023). Knowledge equity and Open Science: An attempt to outline the field from a feminist research perspective. Research Ideas and Outcomes, 8.

Sancho Gil, J. M. & Hernández-Hernández, F. (Eds.). (2021). Becoming an educational ethnographer: the challenges and opportunities of undertaking research. Abingdon, Oxon ; New York: Routledge.

Singal, N. (2010). Doing disability research in a Southern context: challenges and possibilities. Disability & Society, 25(4), 415–426. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687591003755807

Singal, N. (2013). Disability, poverty and education. London: Routledge.

Steinhardt, I. & Kruschick, F. (2022). Knowledge Equity and Open Science in qualitative research – Practical research considerations. Research Ideas and Outcomes, 8, e86387. https://doi.org/10.3897/rio.8.e86387

Strauss, A. L. & Corbin, J. (1996). Grounded Theory: Grundlagen qualitativer Sozialforschung. Weinheim: Beltz.

Van Maanen, J. (2011). Tales of the field: on writing ethnography (Second edition.). Chicago: University of Chicago press.

Vicente-Saez, R. & Martinez-Fuentes, C. (2018). Open Science now: A systematic literature review for an integrated definition. Journal of Business Research, 88, 428–436. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbusres.2017.12.043

Werning, R.; Artiles, A. J.; Engelbrecht, P.; Hummel, M.; Caballeros, M. & Rothe, A. (Eds.). (2016). Keeping the promise? Contextualizing inclusive education in developing countries. Bad Heilbrunn: Julius Klinkhardt.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 08 M: Multicultural Perspectives in Education
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Erich Svecnik
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Creating an Inclusive Play Environment for Children from children and teachers' perspectives: a Cross-cultural Study in Vietnam and Spain

Tú Anh Hà

FPT University, Vietnam

Presenting Author: Hà, Tú Anh

Children spend a great amount of time playing at school. Through play, they explore the world around themselves, discover their instincts, form survival skills and knowledge, step by step build relationships with other people. Play, therefore, plays an imperative role in children’s development (Smith & Roopnarine, 2018). Mentioning play also refers to a play environment which is the condition that can either support or impede and pose a threat to children’s play (Kyttä, 2003).

Children are not only the object of research in different fields such as psychology or education. They are actually the agents of their development; and they have their own opinions, thoughts and feelings when interacting with the world surrounding them (Corsaro, 2012; Kustatscher, 2017). Corsaro (2012) argues that ‘children do not simply internalise society and culture, but they actively contribute to cultural production and change. From the perspective of interpretive reproduction, however, children are always participating in and are part of two cultures - their own and adults’- and these cultures are intricately interwoven’ (Corsaro, 2012, p. 489). Similarly, Kusatscher (2017) also found out that children not only reproduce but also challenge the already established opinions of the society. Therefore, research on inclusive play environments for children needs to take into account children’s voice as children are the agent of their own development and they know what is appropriate and imperative for their own growth.

We are living in the world of globalization where, however, discrimination based on social-cultural and economic backgrounds is still a chronic issue. This happens not only in adulthood but also in childhood, which can impact children's development negatively. Therefore, it is necessary to build an inclusive play environment for children in order to support sustainable development as equity and inclusion are two sustainable development goals related to education that the United Nations promoted in 2015 (UN General Assembly, 2015, p.17).

Promoting an inclusive play environment requires teachers’ awareness, knowledge and skills. Therefore, exploring teachers’ perspectives of an inclusive play environment and the specific training or support which teachers need to be provided with is an initial step to create an inclusive play environment for children.

This research will be conducted in Spain (Andalusia) and Vietnam, which are two countries which follow different educational systems. While the former bases on Western-individualistic culture, the latter develops with the foundation of Eastern-collectivism. Both countries are diverse and rich in culture, where different social groups co-exist. The comparison between the two countries can bring a multi-cultural perspective to address a global issue of promoting inclusive play environments for children to ensure equality and equity in education. It is also noteworthy that it does not mean they are seen as two solid cultures as Dervin (2011) argues that it is necessary to move away from solidified, separate and objectivist perspectives of cultures; instead, it is imperative to have a liquid approach to intercultural discourses, which takes into account discursive choices and manipulations of speakers that often sink below speakers’ speech. In addition, culture does not cause behaviours, but summarises an abstraction from it (Dervin, 2011).

With the aforementioned aims, research questions of this study are the following:

  1. Research question 1: What is the teachers’ perception of an inclusive play environment as well as the strategies that can promote such inclusive play environments?
  2. Research question 2: What are children’s needs and their perspectives of an inclusive play environment?
  3. Research question 3: What are the differences between Spanish and Vietnamese teachers, regarding their habits and beliefs of an inclusive play environment for children?
  4. Research question 4: What training / support do teachers need to create inclusive play environments?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study will apply qualitative research by interviewing Vietnamese and Spanish (Andalusian) teachers as well as observing teachers’ work with children’s play at schools in order to identify what teachers need to be trained or support to offer children with an inclusive play environment and form the concept of inclusive play environments from both teachers and children's perspectives.

Subjects:

The subjects of this research will be Early Childhood Education teachers from Spain (Andalusia) and from Vietnam (15 teachers for each country). All ethical procedures are conducted to collect the data from the two countries.

Instruments:
Qualitative data will be gathered by applying a semi-structured interview for the teachers and an observation template to observe teachers’ work with children’s play at schools. The semi-structured interview aims to explore teachers’ perspectives of an inclusive playful environment for children, its attributes and requirements in order to construct a list of criteria to identify and build an inclusive playful environment for children. In addition, the interview also aims to investigate what support that teachers need from policy makers to create more inclusive play environments. The data collected from the interview will be coded with the support of the software MAXQDA. The interview questions include:
- What do you think of the diversity in your class? (where does it come from? their influences on your practice and the children themselves?)
- What do you think of an inclusive play environment for children? (in terms of design, work with children, toys, tools, their importance)?
- Is it important to promote diversity and inclusion in your class? Why?
- If the teacher answers yes for the previous question, then what are some ways to promote diversity and inclusion in your class?
- Do you need any support (training, policy) to address the issue of diversity in your class?  

An observation template is built to observe and assess teachers’ work with children’s play. The observation aims to evaluate teachers’ competence of building inclusive play environments for children so as to find out appropriate support for teachers. It also provides another view to assess teachers’ competence, besides the interview with teachers. The observation focuses on finding out what children need to express themselves in their play and be included in the play environment as well.  

Photos, narratives and other artistic forms of expression are applied to collect students' thoughts of inclusive play environments.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study expectedly finds out attributes and requirements of an inclusive play environment for children as well as identify training support to help teachers of Andalusia (Spain) and Vietnam to create a more inclusive play environment, taking into account the perspectives of teachers and children from both Global North and Global South worlds. In addition, the study will also build an observation instrument as a tool for educational managers to evaluate teachers’ competence to integrating equity and inclusion in children’s play environment. Furthermore, the project also points out some policy suggestions to help policy makers impose laws to support equality and equity in children’s play environments.
References
Corsaro, William A. (2012). Interpretive Reproduction in Children’s Play. American Journal of Play 4:488–504
Kilinc, S., Farrand, K., Chapman, K., Kelley, M., Millinger, J., & Adams, K. (2017). Expanding opportunities to learn to support inclusive education through drama-enhanced literacy practices. British Journal of Special Education, 44, 431-447. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-8578.12186
Kustatscher, M. (2017): “Young children’s social class identities in everyday life at primary school: The importance of naming and challenging complex inequalities”, in Childhood, 24(3), 381–395. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568216684540
Kyttä, M. (2003). Children in Outdoor Contexts. Affordances and Independent Mobility in the Assessment of Environmental Child Friendliness. Helsinki University of Technology.
Lynch, H., Moore, A., & Prellwitz, M. (2018). From policy to play provision: Universal design and the challenges of inclusive play. Children, Youth and Environments, 28(2), 12-34. http://www.jstor.org/action/showPublication?journalCode=chilyoutenvi
Lynch, K. (2000). Research and Theory on Equality in Education. In M. Hallinan (ed.), Handbook of Sociology of Education (pp. 85-105). Plenum Press.  
Lynch, K., & Baker, J. (2005). Equality in education: An equality of condition perspective. Theory and Research in Education, 3(2), 131–164. https://doi.org/10.1177/1477878505053298.
OECD. (2007). No More Failures: Ten Steps to Equity in Education. https://www.oecd.org/education/school/45179151.pdf.
OECD. (2005). The Definition and Selection of Key Competences. Executive Summary. https://bit.ly/1goiOUO.  
Smith, P. K. (2010). Children and play: Understanding children's worlds. Wiley Blackwell.
Smith, P. K., & Roopnarine, J. L. (2018). The Cambridge handbook of play: Developmental and disciplinary perspectives. Cambridge University Press.
UN General Assembly. (2015). Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, A/RES/70/1.  https://www.refworld.org/docid/57b6e3e44.html.
Van Melik, R., & Althuizen, N. (2020). Inclusive play policies: disabled children and their access to Dutch playgrounds. Tijds. voor econ. en Soc. Geog. https://doi.org/10.1111/tesg.12457.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Chinese Students’ Intercultural Experience in the UK and Reflections on Interculturality

Yuanjing Ye

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Ye, Yuanjing

Topic & Objective:

By investigating the intercultural engagement of Chinese students in the UK as well as the ‘reverse cultural shock’ experienced by students who return to China after studying in the UK, this research identifies learning and social activities that effectively help students engage in intercultural communication and navigate the challenges these may cause, as well as their reflections of the culture of origin as former international students.

Research questions:

1. What intercultural communicative strategies do Chinese students adopt to deal with communicative difficulties in the UK?

2. What do returnee Chinese students think of Chinese culture through intercultural communication practices in the UK after moving back to China?

Theoretical framework:

This study adopts and blends a social constructivism alongside theand interpretivistm paradigm to guide the methodology due to the way I understand the social issues and the main concerns of this study. Social constructivism views cultural knowledge not as an object to be acquired but to be collectively identified, represented and interpreted through individuals’ experience and communication (Guilherme, 2002). From a constructivist perspective, knowledge is constructed by existing structures of foundation, that is human’s beliefs about realities through social interaction (Hollandar & Gordon, 2006), and influenced by the culture in a specific context and by personal reflections of experiences. Besides, In social constructivism, the world is interpreted through language and culture. That is, the world and its elements inside are not seen only as social constructions, but full of meanings made by ‘crucial participants’ (Crotty, 1998). Consequently, I am mainly interested in investigating human’s subjective understanding of the interrelations of cultures, strategies to handle cultural shock and how their knowledge and reactions to their culture of origin have been co-constructed and interpreted among all social elements.

Conceptual framework:

According to Bourdieu (1986), an individual’s cultural taste is related to acts of social positioning, so their preference for social practice is somehow decided by their social belonging and personal experience, reconciling with external social structures. That suggests if a human’s identity has been changed due to their social status, their choice of social behaviour will change. Besides, an individual’s prior knowledge has also an impact no matter how a human’s social identity changes. Cobern (1993) states that individual’s prior conceptions and self-positioning contribute significantly to their understanding of social events. When human’s new gaining of social beliefs contradicts with their prior knowledge, the decision has to be made whether to keep one side or abandon the other or objectively criticise both and choose the appropriate ones from both sides. Another thing that has to be noted is that humans’ ongoing learning experiences and social and physical milieu have an impact on their previous knowledge, which may be consistent, or against, or even fill in the gaps of ‘knowing’. This interchange of social impacts contributes to creating a different understanding of culture and interculturality, and also it keeps changing with the ongoing process.

Intercultural communicative competence (ICC) is regarded as an ability to communicate and interaction across cultures (Byram, 2012). As competence is a subjective term, since it depends on people’s personality, life experience, attitudes, learning styles, etc., the definition of ICC in academia is contested. Many studies focus on individuals, and regard ICC as an internal capacity of an individual. For example, Byram (ibid.) regards ICC as a set of intercultural skills (to interpret, relate, discover, and interact), knowledge about culture and interaction, attitudes and self-awareness of different cultures and education about critical issues in the host culture.. Among all ICC models, Byram’s (ibid) is the most recognised which divided IC competence into knowledge, skills, attitudes and awareness.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This project will collect ethnographic data from 35 Chinese students over a period of one year through a multiple-method approach: participant-led photography, ‘photo interviews’, researcher’s reflective journal and an online photo ‘exhibition’. The reasons for choosing the above methods are the following:  

Participant-led photography - This method uses images as data to provide participants’ subjective understanding that record the real situations on-site which reflects the real situation (Norman, 1991) that include the details of how Chinese students react to intercultural encounters; Second, it allows to handle control and freedom of data selection to participants which enhances their engagement (Richards, 2011). This is an essential quality of a method for capturing participants’ inner feelings and self reflections which are not often open to the public.

‘Photo interviews’ -This method can increase interviewees’ engagement through the visual data and offer a closer insight to what is considered important for interviewees, because visual data can facilitate longer and more comprehensive communication due to less fatigue and repetition (Shaw, 2021). Considering the main goal of this project is to gather data from participants’ descriptions of their intercultural understanding and social practices, photo interviews build trust between the interviewer and interviewees, help participants expand their views through follow-up questions and produce more in-depth data for the researcher (Li & Xie, 2020).

Researcher’s reflective journal - This method during data collections is significant as it is useful develop my critical thinking, reflective, analytical ability by comparing the views between my own and research subjects, which may influence my interpretation of visual data as a researcher. The main purpose is to deal with the complexities of various data and make connections between disparate sets of information, and contribute to new perspectives being taken on issues (Jasper, 2005).

Online photo ‘exhibition’ - The ‘exhibition’ will be only open for participants and organised at the end of the data collection process on an online password protected platform (e.g. Padlet) for a week. Participants are invited to choose two images of what they have taken that best represent their understanding of briefs to be displayed and all participants will be free to make comments on the images and common experiences sharing. This method allows each participant to reflect on images taken by other students and has the potential to lead to a rise of intercultural awareness and greater in-depth Chinese cultural reflections that address research questions of this project.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This presentation demonstrates Chinese students’ reflections on some intercultural activities which they were part of during and after their study in the UK, looking at the development of their knowledge, awareness, skills and critical looking back on their intercultural encounters. Suggested by the cultural adjustment theory, this presentation follows three stages: honeymoon, struggling and positioning through self-reflection. Findings show that students have gone through the excitement to the new environment, and suffering from more intensive cultural shock and ended up with the locating their own position in the complex intercultural world, either being open to adapt to the new culture or staying closer to the culture of origin. There is also a trend for a few returnee students that they have to reduce their intercultural characteristics to adjust to the dominant culture in locality since the local environment does not respond actively to international returnees. Regardless of student actions, students' choices for intercultural experiences demonstrate the unequal social forces of subordinate and dominant cultures in societies where international students drift and wander as cultural sojourners.

The significance of this project is twofold: it will aid UK educational institutions to support the intercultural interactions of Chinese students; it will also on enhance returnee students’ awareness of cultural and communicative differences after studying in the UK and help prevent ‘return culture shock’ upon their return to China. Moreover, European higher educational institutions can also benefit from its implication. European higher education institutions need to consider the issue of how to integrate international students into the host culture because they serve as a significant hub for students from all over the world. The integration of international students and consideration of their needs are of great importance for maintaining an environment of institutional diversity in higher education.

References
Bourdieu, P., 1986. The aristocracy of culture. Consumption, critical concepts in the social sciencies, pp.239-245.
Byram, M., 2012. Language awareness and (critical) cultural awareness–relationships, comparisons and contrasts. Language awareness, 21(1-2), pp.5-13.
Cobern, W.W., 1993. Constructivism. Journal of Educational and Psychological Consultation, 4(1), pp.105-112.
Crotty, M.J., 1998. The foundations of social research: Meaning and perspective in the research process. The foundations of social research, pp.1-256.
Guilherme, M., 2002. Critical citizens for an intercultural world: Foreign language education as cultural politics (Vol. 3). Multilingual Matters.
Hollander, J.A. and Gordon, H.R., 2006. The processes of social construction in talk. Symbolic Interaction, 29(2), pp.183-212.
Norman, W.R. 1991, "Photography as a research tool", Visual anthropology (Journal), vol. 4, no. 2, pp. 193-216.
Jasper, M. A. (2005). Using reflective writing within research. Journal of research in nursing, 10(3), 247-260.
Li, Y. & Xie, Y. 2020, "Is a Picture Worth a Thousand Words? An Empirical Study of Image Content and Social Media Engagement", Journal of marketing research, vol. 57, no. 1, pp. 1-19.
Richards, N. (2011). Using participatory visual methods.
Shaw, P.A., 2021. Photo-elicitation and photo-voice: Using visual methodological tools to engage with younger children’s voices about inclusion in education. International journal of research & method in education, 44(4), pp.337-351.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Adapting Grounded Theory Methodology for Transcultural Research. Methodological Considerations for International Research on Diversity in Education.

Eva Kleinlein

University of Vienna, Austria

Presenting Author: Kleinlein, Eva

Researching diversity in education requires diversity-informed research methods and methodologies. Research methodologies must therefore be sensitive toward diversity in its variety of forms and peculiarities. Moreover, great adaptability of research approaches and researchers is necessary. Pre-given categories and structures thus may not allow for a sufficiently open and flexible capturing of the field’s characteristics. Hence, qualitative, inductive approaches that respect and reflect the circumstances and features of the field and the respondents are especially intriguing.

In light of international (comparative) research especially, some more aspects that require sensitivity must be taken into account. Here, three layers of reflection appear to be of relevance: Firstly, it is important to consider which terms and concepts are being used to describe the field. So, for instance, do we talk about cultures, contexts, or nations, and what is the underlying understanding of the corresponding notion that is applied (e.g., Dilley, 2002)? Secondly, it is important to consider how these concepts will be related to each other in the context of the research project. So, for example, do we apply an Inter-, Trans-, Multi-, or Cross-cultural research approach (e.g., Adick, 2010)? Based on this, it must thirdly be considered whether the research will rather focus on generalisations or observations of differences across fields (e.g., Dinkelaker et al., 2011)?

A critical reflection of these questions and considerations is crucial, especially as borders, nations, and cultures become increasingly blurry through migration, globalisation, and the ease of travel and information exchange across contexts (e.g., Fritzsche, 2012). Therefore, the Grounded Theory Methodology (Glaser/Strauss, 1967) appears as one promising methodology in this regard. Building on Falkenberg’s statement that Grounded Theory Methodology (GTM) can be a valuable extension for international educational research (2018), the paper will engage in the question of how transcultural research on diversity in education can be conducted with GTM. To start with, the opportunities of GTM will be demonstrated by elaborating on two essential characteristics: Its sensitivity towards diversity and culture.

Firstly, the method allows for developing a theory that builds upon people’s diverse realities. Instead of applying pre-given theories and structures to the research field, GTM “is particularly helpful for uncovering processes or patterns of behavior that remain hidden in society” (Nayar/Wright-St Clair, 2020, p. 132). Thus, GTM allows us to conduct meaningful, qualitative research in complex, diverse, and so far, under-explored research fields. Under-explored fields can on the one side refer to thematic fields that have so far been rarely studied (e.g., tabooed research questions), but on the other side also to under-represented geographical fields (e.g., remote areas and communities). GTM, therefore, enables research in fields where little is yet known and the researcher must react and adapt to the unpredictable peculiarities of the field. Especially in light of diversity and international research, this feature is greatly important.

Secondly, the possibility to do culturally-sensitive research with GTM is essential. While in ethnography, culture is one of the concepts at the centre of attention, Nayar and Wright-St Clair (2020, p. 133) highlight that within GTM “it is the social process that is central to the study. Yet, this social process unfolds within a context, which means that culture cannot be ignored”. In addition to these culture-sensitive possibilities of GTM, Charmaz (2014, p. 1082) also explicitly mentions that “international researchers can adopt grounded theory strategies and adapt them to fit their cultural and research practices”. Especially in light of conducting research in diverse and multicultural settings with differing research traditions and realities and moreover, with regard to possibly uneven power relations, this is of great relevance (e.g., Robinson-Pant/Singal, 2013).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Despite these opportunities of applying GTM in international research, it can be recognized that “there is a dearth of research using grounded theory methods with participants from multiple ethnic communities” (Nayar/Wright-St Clair, 2020, p. 131). In recent years, however, a few corresponding studies have been carried out. In research conducted by Falkenberg (2018), GTM was for instance applied in an international comparative study, and Nayar and Wright-St Clair (2020) describe their implementation of GTM in a cross-cultural research project. While within comparative research, cultural differences are considered as differences between rather homogenous units (e.g., Fritzsche 2012), in cross-cultural research overlaps and differences between these units are at the centre of attention (e.g., Nayar/Wright-St Clair 2020).

Within transcultural research, however, it is intended to move away from comparing pre-given entities or units such as cultures, contexts, or nations. Instead, the diversity within the fields is aimed to be reflected in research (e.g., Hummrich/Rademacher, 2013). In light of increasing migration, globalisation, and diversification, transcultural research approaches that reflect and address the complexity and intersectionalities of the fields thus strongly gain relevance. However, it can be recognized that so far, transcultural research approaches still lag behind comparative or cross-contextual studies (e.g., Fritzsche 2012).

The presentation aims to highlight and discuss methodological aspects that must be considered when conducting transcultural research on diversity in education with GTM. Following the methodological considerations of GTM researchers such as Glaser and Strauss (1967), Charmaz (2006), Bryant and Charmaz (2007), Birk and Mills (2011), Breuer, Muckel, and Dieris (2019), and Tarozzi (2013) as well as of Falkenberg (2018) and Nayar and Wright-St Clair (2020), this presentation intends to carve out the possibilities and challenges of applying GTM in transcultural research on diversity in education.

Alongside an ongoing dissertation project on Inclusive Schooling Practices of Teachers Worldwide (InSpots), the presentation demonstrates arising risks and opportunities of applying GTM to a transcultural research project. The InSpots project itself addresses the question of how teachers from different contexts around the world handle diversity in their classrooms and how their strategies and interventions can be systematised in a way so that they can also be applied meaningfully in other contexts (Kleinlein, 2021). Even though these educational solutions may "have a strongly local flavour" (Artiles/Dyson, 2005, p. 37), it is aimed "to learn in one country from practices and forms of provision developed elsewhere" (ibid., p. 42).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Following these remarks, the presentation offers a methodological contribution for researching diversity in education alongside a corresponding ongoing research project in the area of inclusive education. This focus is particularly today extremely crucial, "[a]s people of different national identities and ethnic groups continue to migrate across the world and diversity becomes more commonplace, [and] a move away from the logic of exclusion, towards an acceptance of difference as an ordinary aspect of human development is needed” (Florian 2019, p. 702).

In order to explore and understand this increasingly complex and entangled world, researchers are thus challenged to find ways to study these new developments and realities. While GTM is especially promising for researching diversity in all its forms due to its practice orientation, transcultural approaches are particularly valuable for researching complex fields and contexts. The transcultural grounded theory methodology (T-GTM) thus seeks to build upon the experiences of other researchers who applied GTM in international contexts and to thereby provide a methodological approach that can be valuable for international researchers studying diversity in education. Within the presentation, possible challenges and opportunities of including and researching diversity with T-GTM will be discussed.

References
Adick, C. (2010). Inter-, multi-, transkulturell: über die Mühen der Begriffsarbeit in kulturübergreifenden Forschungsprozessen. In A. Hirsch & R. Kurt (Eds.), Interkultur - Jugendkultur: Bildung neu verstehen (Vol. 11, pp. 105–133). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften / Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden, Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-92601-8_6

Artiles, A., & Dyson, A. (2005). Inclusive education in the globalization age. The promise of comparative cultural-historical analysis. In D. Mitchell (Ed.), Contextualizing inclusive education: Evaluating old and new international perspectives (pp. 37–62). Routledge.

Birk, M. & Mills, J. (2011). Grounded Theory. A Practical Guide. London: SAGE Publications.

Breuer, F., Muckel, P., & Dieris, B. (2019). Reflexive Grounded Theory. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-22219-2
Bryant, A., & Charmaz, K. (Eds.). (2007). The SAGE handbook of grounded theory. Sage.

Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing Grounded Theory: A Practical Guide Through Qualitative Analysis. Sage. http://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0657/2005928035-d.html

Charmaz, K. (2014). Grounded Theory in Global Perspective. Qualitative Inquiry, 20(9), 1074–1084. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800414545235

Dilley, R. (2002). The problem of context in social and cultural anthropology. Language & Communication, 22(4), 437–456. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0271-5309(02)00019-8

Dinkelaker, J., Idel, T.‑S., & Rabenstein, K. (2011). Generalisierungen und Differenzbeobachtungen: Zum Vergleich von Fällen aus unterschiedlichen pädagogischen Feldern. Zeitschrift Für Qualitative Forschung, 12(2), 257–277.

Falkenberg, K. (2018). Permanenter Vergleich. Methodologische Überlegungen zu einer an der Grounded-Theory-Methodologie orientierten international vergleichenden Forschung. Tertium Comparationis, 24(1), 107–134.

Florian, L. (2019). On the necessary co-existence of special and inclusive education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(7-8), 691–704. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1622801

Fritzsche, B. (2012). Das Andere aus dem standortgebundenen Bilde heraus verstehen: Potenziale der dokumentarischen Methode in kulturvergleichend angelegten Studien. Zeitschrift Für Qualitative Forschung, 13(1-2), 93–109.

Glaser, B. G., & Strauss, A. L. (1967). The discovery of grounded theory: Strategies for qualitative research. Aldine de Gruyter.

Hummrich,M. & Rademacher,S. (Hrsg.). (2013). Kulturvergleich in der qualitativen Forschung. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-18937-6

Kleinlein, E. (2021). InSpots - Inclusive Schooling Practices of Teachers. How teachers worldwide overcome challenges of inclusive teaching. Verfügbar unter: https://medium.com/@evakleinlein/inspots-inclusive-schooling-practices-of-teachers-b26e5241580

Nayar, S., & Wright-St Clair, V. (2020). Multiple Cultures – One Process: Undertaking A Cross Cultural Grounded Theory Study. American Journal of Qualitative Research, 4(3), 131–145. https://doi.org/10.29333/ajqr/9310

Robinson-Pant, A., & Singal, N. (2013). Researching ethically across cultures: issues of knowledge, power and voice. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 43(4), 417–421. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2013.797719

Tarozzi, M. (2013). Translating and Doing Grounded Theory Methodology. Intercultural Mediation as an Analytic Resource. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 14(2). https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-14.2.1429
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm05 SES 01 A: Addressing School Absence and Drop-out
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Michael Jopling
Paper Session
 
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Smoothening Transitional Risks for Students Struggling to Stay in School

Ivan Tokheim, Solvejg Jobst

HVL, W. Norway University of Appl. Sci., Norway

Presenting Author: Tokheim, Ivan

During the course of their educational path, children are subjected to a series of critical transitions between one academic level to the next. These include the transition from kindergarten to lower primary school, from upper primary school to lower secondary school and from vocational studies through apprenticeship and into the labour force (Bragdø & Austad, 2022).

Students’ transitional experiences play an important role in dictating their later social, emotional and intellectual development (Hanewald, 2013; Waters et al., 2012). Students with specialized needs are particularly vulnerable to critical transitions and have a higher risk of transitions leading to a negative social, academic or behavioural development (Cantali, 2015; Symonds, 2015). Thus, it is imperative that teachers are conscious of critical transitions and the effect they may pose on some students.

Norway along with the other Scandinavian countries, are repeatedly used as a good example on the path towards an inclusive school and equal participation for all people (e.g. Frønes et al., 2020). The Nordic welfare state model provides free education for all, free parental leave and comprehensive sickness benefits. Still the economic inequality in Norway is rising (e.g. Akerbæk & Molnes, 2021). Repstad (2021) refers to different kinds of inequality. He claims that while the Norwegian society experiences little inequality of opportunity and inequality of treatment, it is still lacking in inequality of outcome – A level playing field does not necessarily lead to an egalitarian society. In the case of public education, it is not enough to accommodate for equal opportunity and treatment as long as the cultural capital of the students is not being taken into consideration.

Both the Norwegian Ministry of Education and Research (Meld. St. 6 (2019-2020)) and legal regulations for the Norwegian teacher education highlight the importance of strengthening the bonds between the different academic levels in the educational trajectory. Despite this, there are no clear guidance document on how to strengthen these transitions and there are barely any Norwegian studies considering the transition between primary and secondary school (Strand, 2022, s. 18).

Through a case study, carried out in the context of an EU-funded research project, PIONEERED – aimed at pioneering practices tackling educational inequalities in Europe, – we examine an alternative educational program which aids upper primary and lower secondary students, struggling to stay in school. Once a week, students are brought away from school to conduct non-formal outdoor activities, focusing on mastery and personal development, significantly reducing their chance of dropping out. The instructors teach the students practical vocational tasks, with the eventual goal being regular employment and a satisfactory quality of life.

One of the most striking and successful enterprises of this practice is their ability to prepare at-risk students for potentially difficult educational transitions, namely upper primary to lower secondary school, and lower secondary to upper secondary school. This leads to the following research question: Which tools and techniques used for smoothening transitional risks can be identified in a Norwegian alternative educational program?

Further research objectives include:

  1. arguing for the value of researching transitional tools and techniques for vulnerable students.
  2. identifying tools and techniques utilised by an alternative educational program.
  3. reflecting on how these techniques can be applied to the ordinary school system in the Norwegian educational context and may serve as incentive for other European contexts as well.

We assume a sociocultural perspective on education, which asserts that learning is a social process mediated through communication with a more knowledgeable other (Vygotsky, 1978). We also assume a Bourdieuan sociological perspective, contending that educational qualifications are domestically inherited and thereby reproduced in the form of cultural capital (Bourdieu & Richardson, 1986).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study follows a qualitative methodological approach, based on a hermeneutical interpretation of the data material (e.g. Brown, 1994). The data material is comprised of two expert interviews, two stakeholder discussions, a set of field observations and one focus group interview. In addition, PIONEERED has during the course of the project conducted several workshops, communicating results and sharing ideas with members of other partner countries undergoing parallel case studies in their own national contexts. An important aspect of the PIONEERED project has been participatory research and the inclusion of invested stakeholders in the research process (Hollenbach & Tillmann, 2011) – educational workers and non-academics from the alternative educational program being studied have actively participated in these workshops and have thus contributed with their invaluable experiences and perspectives on how to reduce educational inequalities and smoothen transitional risks for vulnerable students. These experiences have been carefully documented and also serve as part of the data material. We maintain an ongoing dialogue with the stakeholders, quality assuring the reliability of our research process.

This particular pioneering practice is interesting because it typically follows students from upper primary through lower secondary school, and in that regard is able to guide the students through-out their transitional experience in a way which ordinary teachers and other communal child services cannot. They are especially concerned with children of various behavioural difficulties, school reluctancy, anxiety, mental health issues, neurodevelopmental disorders and students being involved in illicit activities. In addition, the practice has an outspoken focus on preparing vulnerable students for difficult life course transitions and more than 20 years of experience working with children with various difficulties.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Early effort invested in keeping young people in school and preparing vulnerable students especially prone to dropping out, for critical transitions, may be of help in reducing the number of students with zero points from compulsory primary education as well as reducing the drop-out rate in upper secondary school.

The practice being studied has shown promising outcomes in decreasing school absence and increasing students’  academic results, confidence and general well-being through a number of years. Still, their methods have not been formally documented. This study will try to preserve this important piece of information while also contributing to the gap in research on critical life course transitions for Norwegian upper primary school students.

The long-term ambition of this alternative educational program is to formalise their philosophy and expand their practice onto other municipalities. Research and precise documentation are thus needed to achieve recognition from educational researchers and garner interest from policy makers.

References
Akerbæk, E., & Molnes, G. (2021, September 8). Hvor stor er den økonomiske ulikheten i Norge? [How big is the economic inequality in Norway?]. Faktisk.no. https://www.faktisk.no/artikler/z5m6y/hvor-stor-er-den-okonomiske-ulikheten-i-norge
Bourdieu, P., & Richardson, J. G. (1986). Handbook of Theory and Research for the Sociology of Education. The forms of capital, 241, 258.
Bragdø, A., & Austad, M. H. (2022). I skole, på vei til jobb: gode overganger mellom skole og arbeidsliv [In school, entering the labour force: smooth transitions between school and working life]. Fagbokforlaget.
Brown, T. (1994). Towards a Hermeneutical Understanding of Mathematics and Mathematical Learning. In P. Ernest (Ed.), Constructing Mathematical Knowledge: Epistemology and Mathematics Education (pp. 152-161). The Falmer Press.
Cantali, D. (2019). Moving to secondary school for children with ASN: a systematic review of international literature. British Journal of Special Education, 46(1), 29-52.
Frønes, T. S., Pettersen, A., Radišić, J., & Buchholtz, N. (2020). Equity, Equality and Diversity in the Nordic Model of Education—Contributions from Large-Scale Studies. In T. S. Frønes, A. Pettersen, J. Radišić, & N. Buchholtz (Eds.), Equity, Equality and Diversity in the Nordic Model of Education (pp. 1-10). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-61648-9_1
Hanewald, R. (2013). Transition between primary and secondary school: Why it is important and how it can be supported. Australian Journal of Teacher Education (Online), 38(1), 62-74.
Hollenbach, N., & Tillmann, K.-J. (2011). Teacher research and school development. German approaches and international perspectives. Die Schule forschend verändern. Klinkhardt, Bad Heilbrunn.
Meld St. 6 (2019-2020). Tett på - tidlig innsats og inkluderende fellesskap i barnehage, skole og SFO [Following closely – early effort and inclusive community in ECEC, school and after-school programs].  Retrieved from https://www.regjeringen.no/no/dokumenter/meld.-st.-6-20192020/id2677025/
Repstad, P. (2021). Norway: an egalitarian society? In E. Maagerø & B. Simonsen (Eds.), Norway: Society and culture (3 ed., pp. 138–157). Cappelen Damm Akademisk.
Strand, G. M. (2022). Overgangen til ungdomstrinnet: elevenes opplevelser og hvordan vi kan støtte dem [The transition to secondary school: Students’ experiences and how we can support them]. Universitetsforlaget.
Symonds, J. (2015). Understanding school transition: What happens to children and how to help them. Routledge.
Waters, S. K., Lester, L., Wenden, E., & Cross, D. (2012). A theoretically grounded exploration of the social and emotional outcomes of transition to secondary school. Journal of Psychologists and Counsellors in Schools, 22(2), 190-205.


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

School Absence Trajectories and their Consequences for Achievement

Jascha Drager, Markus Klein, Edward Sosu

University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Drager, Jascha

This study examines the effect of absence patterns over the course of a pupil’s entire academic career on achievement in the final year of compulsory schooling in England. There is abundant evidence of the negative consequences of school absenteeism on children’s achievement (Aucejo & Romano, 2016), which subsequently translates into lower educational attainment and poorer labour market outcomes (Cattan et al., 2022). However, most existing research consider the effects of absences over a single year and the limited studies exploring absences across time only examine whether yearly changes in absences result in varying achievement progress. Additionally, existing studies disregard the cumulative measurement of dynamic absence trajectories over time, which may conceal meaningful differences between pupils and likely results in an underestimation of the degree to which absences influence achievement. A holistic measurement of pupils’ absences across their academic careers is crucial to assess whether the timing of absence severity matters for achievement.

Theoretically, there are arguments for early absences being more important for achievement as well as arguments for late absences being more important. On the one hand, we could assume that early absences are more harmful to children’s achievement because skill formation is path dependent: children who lack basic skills will have difficulty acquiring more advanced skills. On the other hand, we could assume that late absences have a greater impact on children’s achievement, given that the content being evaluated on tests is the content taught in the last few years before the test. Existing research overwhelmingly concludes that later absences are more important for academic success (Ansari & Pianta, 2019).

The extent to which absence trajectories influence achievement may not only be influenced by the frequency of absences but also by the type of absence. For instance, unauthorised absences become much more prevalent during later school stages (Department for Education, 2011) and seem to be more detrimental to school performance than authorised absences (Gottfried, 2009). This could be due to teachers being less motivated to support pupils with numerous unauthorised absences (Wilson et al., 2008). Nonetheless, the larger effect of unauthorised absences may also reflect differences in pupils’ school-related attitudes (Hancock et al., 2013), which are rarely measured by surveys. This claim is supported by Klein et al. (2022), who found that sickness absences and absences due to exceptional domestic circumstances are just as damaging to achievement as truancy.

Some studies have examined trajectories of overall absences (Benner & Wang, 2014; Simon et al., 2020) or truancy (Schoeneberger, 2012), but none have jointly investigated type and temporal dynamics across children’s schooling. Moreover, the research on absence trajectories is largely limited to the United States, only considers absences over a few years of schooling, and does not account for all pertinent school absenteeism risk factors which likely also affect academic achievement.

Our study draws on linked school administrative and survey data from England to examine the association between absence trajectories and achievement. Specifically, we address two research questions that enable us to overcome the limitations of previous studies:

  1. Which absence trajectories emerge across entire school careers?
  2. How do these absence trajectories affect achievement?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We use linked administrative data on absences and standardised achievement tests from the National Pupil Database (NPD) with survey data from the Millennium Cohort Study (MCS), which enables us to identify pupils’ joint trajectories of authorised and unauthorised absences throughout the entire mandatory school career in England (Years 1 to 11) while simultaneously controlling for a comprehensive set of confounders of the association between absence trajectories and achievement. Linked NPD-MCS data is available for 8,438 pupils.
We use the percentage of authorised and unauthorised absences out of all possible sessions in each year for our analysis. Authorised absences are absences with permission from a teacher or other authorised representatives of the school, which is only given if a satisfactory explanation for the absence has been provided, e.g., illness. Unauthorised absences are absences without the permission of the school.
As outcomes, we evaluate differences in performance measures on standardised tests at the end of year 11 (key stage 4): 1) Whether pupils passed at least five exams with grades A*-C, including English and Math, 2) The average performance on the eight best exams, 3) Grade in English, 4) Grade in Math.
We use multiple imputation for missing values in absenteeism risk factors and weight pupils by the inverse of the probability that they gave consent to data linkage and have complete absence and achievement data to account for selection effects.
We use k-medians clustering for longitudinal data to identify clusters with similar joint trajectories on authorised and unauthorised absences from years 1 to 11 (Genolini et al., 2013).
To estimate the effect of absence trajectories on achievement, we exploit the fact that the MCS contains all identified risk factors of school absenteeism (Gubbels et al., 2019). Since we evaluate the effect of entire absence trajectories as opposed to absences in a single year, we must appropriately control for time-varying confounders, which have been frequently overlooked in the existing literature. We accomplish this by employing a regression-with-residuals technique, which enables us to condition on time-varying confounders that may be affected by earlier absences without introducing overcontrol bias (Wodtke & Almirall, 2017).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary results indicate that most pupils fall into a cluster with both low authorised absences and very low unauthorised absences throughout their entire school careers. Other clusters are defined by either higher authorised absences, higher unauthorised absences, or high authorised and high unauthorised absences or differ in terms of the persistence and the timing of absences. There are substantial differences in achievement between absence trajectory clusters, even when accounting comprehensively for risk factors. The cluster of pupils with low authorised and very low unauthorised absences throughout their entire school career perform best, but there are also marked differences between different high absences trajectories. (Exact results are subject to the statistical disclosure review of the UK Data Service and will be presented at the conference).
References
Ansari, A., & Pianta, R. C. (2019). School absenteeism in the first decade of education and outcomes in adolescence. Journal of School Psychology, 76, 48–61. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2019.07.010
Aucejo, E. M., & Romano, T. F. (2016). Assessing the effect of school days and absences on test score performance. Economics of Education Review, 55, 70–87. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.econedurev.2016.08.007
Benner, A. D., & Wang, Y. (2014). Shifting attendance trajectories from middle to high school: Influences of school transitions and changing school contexts. Developmental Psychology, 50(4), 1288–1301. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0035366
Cattan, S., Kamhöfer, D., Karlsson, M., & Nilsson, T. (2022). The Long-term Effects of Student Absence: Evidence from Sweden. The Economic Journal. https://doi.org/10.1093/ej/ueac078
Department for Education. (2011). A profile of pupil absence in England (DFE-RR171; Research Report).
Genolini, C., Pingault, J. B., Driss, T., Côté, S., Tremblay, R. E., Vitaro, F., Arnaud, C., & Falissard, B. (2013). KmL3D: A non-parametric algorithm for clustering joint trajectories. Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine, 109(1), 104–111. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cmpb.2012.08.016
Gottfried, M. A. (2009). Excused Versus Unexcused: How Student Absences in Elementary School Affect Academic Achievement. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 31(4), 392–415. https://doi.org/10.3102/0162373709342467
Gubbels, J., van der Put, C. E., & Assink, M. (2019). Risk Factors for School Absenteeism and Dropout: A Meta-Analytic Review. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 48(9), 1637–1667. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-019-01072-5
Hancock, K. J., Shepherd, C. C. J., Lawrence, D., & Zubrick, S. R. (2013). Student attendance and educational outcomes: Every day counts (Report for the Department of Education, Employment and Workplace Relations).
Klein, M., Sosu, E. M., & Dare, S. (2022). School Absenteeism and Academic Achievement: Does the Reason for Absence Matter? AERA Open, 8, 233285842110711. https://doi.org/10.1177/23328584211071115
Schoeneberger, J. A. (2012). Longitudinal Attendance Patterns: Developing High School Dropouts. The Clearing House: A Journal of Educational Strategies, Issues and Ideas, 85(1), 7–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/00098655.2011.603766
Simon, O., Nylund-Gibson, K., Gottfried, M., & Mireles-Rios, R. (2020). Elementary absenteeism over time: A latent class growth analysis predicting fifth and eighth grade outcomes. Learning and Individual Differences, 78, 101822. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2020.101822
Wilson, V., Malcolm, H., Edward, S., & Davidson, J. (2008). ‘Bunking off’: The impact of truancy on pupils and teachers. British Educational Research Journal, 34(1), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/01411920701492191
Wodtke, G. T., & Almirall, D. (2017). Estimating Moderated Causal Effects with Time-varying Treatments and Time-varying Moderators: Structural Nested Mean Models and Regression with Residuals. Sociological Methodology, 47(1), 212–245. https://doi.org/10.1177/0081175017701180


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Risk Factors for Dropping out of Upper Secondary Education in Finland of Young People with Psychological Disabilities

Taina Heinonen

University of Turku, Finland

Presenting Author: Heinonen, Taina

The paper presents some of the results of my upcoming dissertation about young mental health rehabilitants’ school experiences and educational trajectories in Finland. This paper focuses in school dropout at the upper secondary education from the viewpoint of young people with the background of psychological disability. A psychological disability refers to a spectrum of mental disorders or conditions that influence our emotions, cognitions and/or behaviors.

Transition from comprehensive school to the upper secondary level is associated with several challenges (Hjort et al 2016). For vulnerable groups, e.g. adolescents with psychological disabilities, these challenges are even more difficult (Lamb 2011). Especially depression affects the psychosocial and school-related development of adolescents in a major way (Dupere et al 2017; Schulte-Körne 2016). They increase the risk of having to dropping out of school before achieving any qualification, which is a serious problem both at an individual and societal level (Ramsdal et al 2018). Depressive disorders are also one of the most significant contributors to work disability and premature exit from the labor market (Maynard, Sala-Wright & Vaughn, 2015). Mental health problems are increasing worldwide. In Finland, about 20 % of all young adults are diagnosed with a psychological disorder, of which diagnoses of depression and anxiety are most usual (OECD 2019).

The purpose of this study, framed within a mixed design, concern to one part quantitative aspect of the associations between mental health problems and school dropouts, especially factors that increase the risk to drop out of school were explored. Another area of interest was to explore the experiences of dropping out of upper secondary education (qualitative aspect). The data consisted of quantitative survey data (n=121) as well as qualitative data from interviews (n=28) and open-ended survey responses (n=113). The analyses were conducted with logistic regression analysis and qualitative content analysis. When analyzing the data, a special interest was paid to school dropouts. The data were categorized into three essential categories (individual, family and institutional) according to Vincent Tinto’s explanatory model of the dropout process (Tinto 1973; Tinto 1975; Tinto 1997).

Both, quantitative and qualitative findings show that school dropout and mental health problems are strongly connected to each other. About one-fifth of the respondents had dropped out of upper secondary school. Based on the data, diagnosed mental health disorders by age 18, loneliness in upper comprehensive school, lack of social support and family background significantly increased likelihood of dropping out.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The aim of the study was to examine 1) the associations between mental health problems and school dropouts, and 2) the experiences of dropping out of school. The data was collected through survey and interviews. The survey and the interviews included questions about their school experiences, educational paths, psychological disability, socioeconomic background and plans about the future. The survey was targeted at 18–34 year old mental health rehabilitants living in Finland. Altogether 121 respondents, who had received physical, psychological or social support to their mental health problems, from 14 counties, participated in the study. Survey data were collected in 2017. Overall, 28 persons of those 121 respondents were interviewed in 2018 and 2019.

The study followed a mixed-method approach (e.g. Creswell et al. 2011; Fetters et al. 2013). Regarding the course of my research, I followed a multiphase model (e.g. multiphase iterative design, multistage mixed methods framework) in terms of both data collection and analysis as well as reporting and utilization of the results. Practically, I used multiple stages of data collection that include various combinations of explanatory sequential and convergent approaches (e.g. Fetters et al 2013). In the first stage, I collected and analyzed some of the quantitative data. In the second stage, I used quantitative findings to build individual interview questions for each participant. After preparation, I conducted semi-structured interviews with mental health rehabilitants to explore further these quantitative findings. In the third stage, I collected and analyzed some of the qualitative data. In the fourth stage, I used quantitative findings and qualitative findings iteratively in multiple phases. After that, I merged quantitative findings with qualitative findings using narrative approach for reporting results.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The purpose of this study was to explore the school dropout from the viewpoint of young people with the background of psychological disability. Based on the results, school dropout and mental health problems were strongly connected to each other. Results also show that recent depression symptoms with lack of social support often leads to dropping out of upper secondary education.

These findings suggest that early identification of problems and social support received from teachers are important factors for reaching desired learning outcomes. Consequently, providing school-based psychosocial services could be the key to identify mental health problems at an early stage. In sum, the early identification of mental health problems and the existence of school-based psychosocial services would enable the completion of studies.


References
Creswell, J. & Plano Clark, V. (2011) Designing and conducting mixed methods research. London: Sage.

Dupere, V. & Dion, E. & Nault-Briere, F. & Archambault, I. & Leventhal, T. & Lesage, A. (2017) Revisiting the link between depression symthoms and high school dropout: Timing of exposure matters. Journal of Adolescent Health 62 (2018), 205–211.

Fetters, M. & Curry, L. & Creswell, J.(2013) Integrating mixed methods in health services and delivery system research: Achieving integration in mixed methods designs -Principles and practices. HSR: Health Services Research 48:6, Part II.

Hjort, C. & Bilgrav, L. & Frandsen, L. & Overgaad, C. & Torp-Pedersen, C. & Nielsen, B. & Böggild, H.(2016) Mental health and school dropout across educational levels and genders: a 4.8-year follow-up study. BMC Public Health 16:976.

Lamb, S. 2011. School dropout and inequality. In S. Lamb, E. Markussen, R. Teese, N. Sandberg & J. Polesel (toim.) School dropout and completion: International comparative studies in theory and policy. Dordrecht: Springer, 369–390.

Maynard, B. R., Sala-Wright, C. P., & Vaughn, M. G. (2015) High school dropouts in emerging adulthood: Substance use, mental health problems, and crime. Community Mental Health, 51.
OECD (2019) Health at a Glance 2019 - OECD Indicators, OECD Publishing, Paris.

Ramsdal, G. H. & Bergvik, S. & Wynn, R. (2018) Long-term dropout from school and work and mental health in young adults in Norway: A qualitative interview-based study. Cogent Psychology, 5:1.

Schulte-Körne, G. (2016) Mental Health Problems in a School Setting in Children and Adolescent. Dtsch Arztebl Int. 2016 Mar; 113(11): 183–190.

Tinto, V.& Cullen, J. (1973). Dropout in higher education: a review and theoretical synthesis of recent research. Office of Education (DHEW), Contract OEC-0-73-1409, 99.

Tinto, V. (1975). Dropout from higher education: a theoretical synthesis of recent research. Review of Educational Research, 45(1), 89-125.

Tinto, V. (1997) Classrooms as Communities: Exploring the Educational Character of Student Persistence. The Journal of Higher Education, 68 (6), 599–623.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm05 SES 02 A: Session Empty, papers moved
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Lars Dietrich
Paper Session
5:15pm - 6:45pm05 SES 03 A: Democracy, Citizenship, Safety and Voice
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Jenna Gillett-Swan
Paper Session
 
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

The Concept of Young People as Citizens in Discourse and Practice of Schools of Border Regions Around Citizenship Education

Nicolas Martins da Silva, Sofia Marques da Silva

CIIE - FPCEUP, Portugal

Presenting Author: Silva, Nicolas Martins da

This proposal aims to discuss the concept of youth as citizens that emanates from discourses and practices of secondary schools in border regions of Mainland Portugal around citizenship education. This is done based on the analysis of structural school documents (educational projects, annual activities plan, schools’ citizenship education strategies) and based on interviews with teachers who coordinate citizenship education in their contexts.

Citizenship education has assumed a central role in the promotion of global democratic citizenship (UNESCO, 2015), with schools emerging as a central space for the promotion of citizenship and youth participation (Biesta, 2011). These concerns are also reflected in Portugal, in the National Plan for Youth (2018, 2022) and in the National Strategy for Education for Citizenship (2017), enacted through Decree-Law 55/2018, which has as assumptions, among others, a logic of co-responsibility of young people, assuming itself as a space for the promotion of a humanistic training in the guarantee of democratic values (PORTUGAL, 2017). At the European level, the Strategy for European Youth 2019-2027 follows this vision that it is necessary to promote a culture of participation and active democratic citizenship among young people (EU, 2018).

Literature has suggested that the way citizenship is perceived influences the way citizenship education is developed in different educational contexts (Alzina, 2008). A logic that is more co-participatory and focused on students' experiences, and therefore less centred on the rhetorical transmission of values, has been advocated (Menezes, 2007; Biesta, 2011). In this, it has been argued that citizenship education presupposes the involvement of students in order to make them participate critically in the roles that are reserved to them, i.e., an involvement that recognizes them as full citizens (Nogueira, 2015; Menezes, 2007), in a vision of citizenship that is built in practice, in which the process is concerned with the conditions in which young people live (Pais, 2005; Lawy & Biesta, 2006), which contradicts an idea of citizenship as achievement (Lawy & Biesta, 2006) and often a result of a vision that is built from an adult-centred point of view (Pais, 2005).

This proposal is part of a PhD research project (Ref: SFRH/BD/143733/2019) under development that aims to study how different schools, in border regions of mainland Portugal, are developing their work on citizenship education in secondary education. Our intention is to understand how, in this work, dimensions such as the involvement and aspirations of young people and aspects related to local culture are considered in citizenship education in their schools. This PhD project is part of the GROW:UP – Grow Up in Border Regions in Portugal: Young People, Educational Pathways and Agendas project (PTDC/CED-EDG/29943/2017), also under development, which aims to study how young people construct their biographical and educational pathways and how different contexts seek to respond to young people's aspirations around these pathways.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This proposal is grounded in empirical data from the collection and analysis of school guiding documents and from empirical data from semi-structured interviews conducted with teachers that coordinate Citizenship Education in their schools. Although the border regions of mainland Portugal are composed of 38 municipalities, only 29 have Secondary Education in their educational offer (PORDATA, 2022). In this sense, the guiding documents were considered and the coordinators of these school contexts were interviewed. Among the 29 possible interviews, 24 interviews were carried out. The interviews were conducted online, via zoom and the script included as dimensions: a) the impact of the National Strategy on Citizenship Education and construction of the School Citizenship Project; b) Perceptions and priorities around citizenship education; c) CE and networking with the wider educational community; d) Valorisation of the local culture in the development of initiatives in citizenship education. The main aim of the interviews was to understand how schools appropriated the National Strategy on Citizenship Education (PORTUGAL, 2017) and what school practices resulted from this appropriation, considering the normative of this guiding document.
In addition, three structural documents that all schools have - Educational Projects, Annual Activity Plans and Schools’ Strategy for Citizenship Education – were analysed to understand the educational practices developed by each school regarding citizenship education. 26 Educational Projects, 21 Annual Activity Plans and 18 Schools Citizenship Education Strategies were analysed focusing on the following dimensions: formal aspects around citizenship education; initiatives/projects/areas valued by the school in an EC work; networking strategies around citizenship education; valorisation of local aspects; youth involvement in the citizenship strategy. Since the Citizenship Education Strategy came into force from 2018, through Decree-Law 55/2018, only documents developed by schools from that date were considered.
Content analysis procedures (Bardin, 2011) were performed resulting in 5 dimensions of analysis that contribute to understand aspects that bring together and differentiate the different contexts regarding the appropriation of educational policy: a) perceptions and priorities of the school regarding citizenship education; b) approaches to develop citizenship education (disciplinary, transdisciplinary); c) network with the surrounding community to develop CE; d) integration of local specificities and local cultural heritage in citizenship education; e) openness and inclusion of young people in decision-making processes regarding CE.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Data points to the fact that most schools share discourses around citizenship education and youth participation, aligned with national and international guiding documents (e.g. Forum on Citizenship Education (2008), National Strategy for Citizenship Education (2017), Global citizenship education: Preparing learners for the challenges of the 21st century (2015), which assume a citizenship education for young people that promotes an active democratic citizenship (Hoskins et al., 2006) in three key axes: Individual civic attitude; Interpersonal relationship; Social and intercultural relationship. Thus, it denotes a vision not only of young people as citizens under construction, but also a vision of citizenship focused particularly on democratic responsibility and common and social well-being (Ross, 2012), in a national perspective.
However, it can be seen in some contexts, through the coordinators' speeches or in the intentions expressed in the school guiding documents, a vision of citizenship education as a tool where young people are recognized as agents for their contexts, in a work that focuses on the resolution of problems of local order, in a vision of participatory citizenship in the community (Menezes & Ferreira, 2014), and where work takes place in a procedural way (Lawy & Biesta, 2006), in a practical dimension built with and by young people. In this co-construction, they develop projects (proposed and designed by them and based on their own priorities) that seek to solve problems not only of a local order (of the context, of the territory), but also of problems and priorities for themselves as young people (Silva et al., 2022).
In short, despite what seems to be some alignment with the guiding documents, some schools seek, for their contexts, to provide answers to local and youth needs, which seems to denote a vision of citizenship that, in contexts of global citizenship, also focuses on the local dimension.

References
Alzina, R. (2008). Educación para la ciudadanía y convivencia: El enfoque
de la Educación Emocional. Madrid: Wolters Kluwer.

European Union (EU) (2018). Estratégia da união europeia para a juventude 2019-2027,
Jornal Oficial da União Europeia.
Bardin, L. (2011). Análise de conteúdo. Lisboa: Edições 70.

Biesta, G.(2011). Learning Democracy in School and Society: Education, Lifelong
Learning, and the Politics of Citizenship. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers.


Hoskins, B.; Janmaat, J. G & Villalba, E.(2012). Learning citizenship
through social participation outside and inside school: An international,
multilevel study of young people’s learning of citizenship’, British Educational Research Journal, 38, 419–446.

Lawy, R. & Biesta, G.J.J. (2006) Citizenship-as-practice: the educational implications of an inclusive and relational understanding of citizenship. British Journal of Educational Studies. 54(1), 34-50.

Menezes, I. (2007). A evolução da cidadania em Portugal. Actas do 3º Encontro de
Investigação e Formação: Educação para a Cidadania e Culturas de Formação, 17-34.

Menezes, I. & Ferreira, P. (2014). Cidadania participatória no cotidiano escolar: a vez e  a voz das crianças e dos jovens, Educar em Revista, n. 53, 131-147.

Nogueira, F. (2015). O espaço e o tempo da cidadania na educação. Revista
Portuguesa de Pedagogia, 49-1, 7-32.

PORDATA (2022). Retrato de Portugal. Fundação Francisco Manuel dos Santos.

PORTUGAL (2017). Estratégia Nacional de Educação para a Cidadania.

Ross, A.(2012). Education for Active Citizenship: Practices, Policies, Promises.
International Journal of Progressive Education, vol. 8, 3, 7-14.

Silva et al. (2022). Agendas para a juventude e as suas comunidades: propostas de jovens a crescer em regiões de fronteira. Porto: CIIE.
UNESCO (2015). Educação para a Cidadania Global: Desafios para os jovens no Séc.  XXI. (Trad. P. Almeida). Brasília: UNESCO


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Student Experiences of Urban Vertical Schools: Diversity of Voices

Jenna Gillett-Swan, Prudence Miles

Queensland University of Technology, Australia

Presenting Author: Gillett-Swan, Jenna; Miles, Prudence

New schools around the world are being built in vertical form to cope with growing populations and limited land in urban contexts. Verticality means rethinking how students move between floors to avoid crowding, find connections to light and fresh air and green spaces. Verticality brings pedagogical and physical design challenges in effectively catering for diverse learners in constrained spaces and opportunities for innovation. While urban vertical schools are not new in USA, UK, and European urban environments, they are in Australia (Swinburn 2017; Taylor & Wright 2020). There exists little research about them especially in relation to students’ wellbeing (Carroli et al 2022).

Students should be central to urban school design processes given that schools are created for them, with schools’ core business being student learning and student outcomes. Student voice is an opportunity to inform school design and empower students through inviting them to identify and examine important issues relevant to their school experience and taking these views seriously. Therefore, student voice “connect(s) the sound of students speaking not only with those students experiencing meaningful, acknowledged presence, but also with their having the power to influence analyses of, decisions about, and practices in schools” (Cook-Sather 2006:363).

Each students’ experience of school spaces is unique, so adults must find a range of inclusive ways to listen to diverse student voices and ensure students feel supported expressing their perspectives in ways comfortable and meaningful to them.

This project positions ‘voice’ in three ways; voice as process, voice as atmosphere, and voice as impact. Together, voice is positioned as a multivocal engagement through:

  • Seeking and eliciting views and perspectives, a methodological decision and action [Process]
  • Enabling students to communicate their point of view/layers of meaning more fully through student produced creative works (e.g., narration/voice-over, text on screen, camera work, editing choices) [Atmosphere]
  • Positioning voice as something with value, extending beyond a process, and committing to “voice that matters” (Couldry 2010:3). To matter, voice needs to be taken seriously and acted upon (Lundy 2007) [Impact].

Student evaluations of school learning spaces are valued in school design research as assumptions about design, construction, and use of school spaces can be challenged. However, the diversity of student voices are not often represented, with student voice usually reported in one register. For example, it is well established that children and young people consistently prefer connections to nature and fresh air, and express frustrations with crowded and stuffy classrooms (Dudzinski, 2019; Taylor & Wright 2020). Choices about where and how to collaborate, opportunities for movement, integrated technology and elements of fun are student preferences being incorporated into many new school buildings (Truong et al 2018). Rarely are student voices acted on, or represented as diverse perspectives.

There are three interrelated objectives of this study.

(1) Understand and capture diverse student experiences of school spaces through the lens of enablers or constraints for student thriving in urban vertical contexts. Franz’ salutogenic design framework (Franz 2019) offers a ‘sense of coherence’ for understanding built environments in terms of their manageability, meaningfulness, and comprehensibility. The framework provides a way for young people to communicate diverse experiences of urban vertical spaces in the language of ‘thriving’/‘not thriving’.

(2) Address the disconnect between seeking voice [Process] and doing something meaningful with the perspectives shared [Impact]. The Lundy Participation Model (2007) informed project design decisions ensuring student voice is heard by appropriate audiences, such as architects, builders, and educational decision-makers, and acted upon to influence decisions.

(3) Enable students to tell their stories of their school spaces through multiple creative methods in ways that encouraged depth and breadth of student voice [Atmosphere].


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper combines Franz’ salutogenic framework with the multivocal positioning of voice and articulates how the use of multiple modalities enabled deeper exploration of diverse student perspectives of their urban vertical school experiences.
The Thriving in Urban Vertical Schools project is a three year (ongoing) mixed-methods project funded by an Australian Government Linkage grant that seeks to understand the impacts of high-density urban schooling on student capability and wellbeing, and how these school spaces are experienced by diverse student cohorts. Occurring in three schools across three different educational jurisdictions, this project involves university researchers in five disciplines (education, architecture, design, IT, and community engaged research), high school students, educators, school designers, builders, architects, as partners and collaborators. This paper focuses on the findings from the first year of the study.
The student data collection process included students first participating in an online survey before engaging in a one-day data collection workshop. The workshop involved brainstorming sessions, student analysis of qualitative student survey responses, photo elicitation, drawings and annotations, sound experiments, construction experiments and storyboarding. Following this, students engaged in weekly lessons that were teacher /researcher co-designed and embedded in the curriculum. This timetabled class supported student’s deeper exploration and engagement with thriving in physical, social, and digital environments, and developing video productions with guidance from industry experts. These activities culminated in the production of student digital narratives that were screened and discussed during student-partner reflective conversations with school leaders, project collaborators, and students. Viewing student produced digital narratives, still images and drawings, decision makers can glean an embodied perspective of student experience of school spaces.
Alongside these student-centred activities, interviews were conducted with teachers and adult partner collaborators, as well as a post-occupancy evaluation and observational walkthrough. Two student focus groups concluded the data collection where students provided interpretive commentary on early themes. Alongside these student-centred activities, interviews were conducted with teachers and adult partner collaborators, as well as a post-occupancy evaluation and observational walkthrough. The choice and sequencing of the qualitative methods enabled depth and breadth in the exploration of student experiences over time, while the intersections between them led to the stories about students’ lived experiences of the school spaces to be told in different ways.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The inclusive and intentionally sequenced choice of methods allowed the researchers to identify deeper and layered insights that would not have been possible with isolated methods or at single timepoints. Students shared complementary and divergent aspects of their experiences that brought to the surface the sometimes conflicting ways that different school spaces either (1) enabled, (2) constrained, or (3) both enabled and constrained their capabilities. Commonalities and divergent experiences were reiterated through the different communicative mediums chosen. For example, data from the first workshop showed that the sensory experience was one of the things that was important to young people as they navigated their daily school lives. The different methods used in the workshop provided visual, verbal, and auditory depictions of diverse student perspectives of interior and exterior school spaces that they associated with an enabling and/or constraining sensory experience.
The student created video narratives captured the atmosphere and immersive/experiential look and feel of their high school spaces that were not necessarily expressed through written, drawn, or spoken word alone. The creative work of the digital narratives enabled students to share experimental stories through their use of images, text, and sound. Student focus groups allowed the research team to dive deeper into student explanations for some of the tensions or emerging dominant themes and for the students to engage with one another in conversation and debate. The combination of creative and visual qualitative methods extended the voice opportunities for children and young people and challenged the research team to extend their theoretical concepts in response to more nuanced insights into diverse student experiences of thriving in urban vertical schools with implications for broader schooling. These multivocal findings also provided decision makers opportunities to act on student voice and to create change through rethinking design, consultation, and building school spaces differently.

References
Carroli, L., Willis, J., Franz, J., et al. (2022). What conversations are evident in research and commentary about Vertical Schools? A discussion paper. Queensland University of Technology. https://research.qut.edu.au/tvs/wp-content/uploads/sites/387/2022/12/TVS-Final-Discussion-Paper-November-2022_published.pdf
Cook-Sather, A. (2006) Sound, Presence, and Power: “Student Voice” in Educational Research and Reform, Curriculum Inquiry, 36(4), 359 – 390.
Cook-Sather, A. (2009) Translation: An Alternative Framework for Conceptualizing and Supporting School Reform Efforts. Educational Theory, 59(2), 217–231. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1741-5446.2009.00315.x
Couldry, N. (2010) Why voice matters: Culture and politics after neoliberalism. SAGE Publications.
Dudzinski, A. (2019). Human scale in architecture of schools located in dense urban fabric. In Advances in Intelligent Systems and Computing (Vol. 788). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319- 94199-8_36
Franz, J. (2019). Towards a spatiality of wellbeing. In Franz, J, Hughes, H, & Willis, J (Eds.) School spaces for student wellbeing and learning: Insights from research and practice. Springer, Singapore, pp. 3-19.
Lundy, L. (2007). ). ‘Voice’ is not enough: conceptualizing Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British Educational Research Journal, 33, 927-942.
Taylor, H., & Wright, S. (2020). Urban Schools: Designing for high density (H. Taylor & S. Wright, Eds.). London: RIBA.
Truong, S., Singh, M., Reid, C., Gray, T., & Ward, K. (2018). Vertical schooling and learning
transformations in curriculum research: points and counterpoints in outdoor education and sustainability. Curriculum Perspectives, 38(2), 181–186. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41297-018-0053-y
Swinburn, A. (2017). Vertical School Design: Strategising the spatial configuration of a multi-storey typology to facilitate education in dense city environments. Retrieved from https://www.architects.nsw.gov.au/download/Vertical School Design_AdamSwinburn.pdf%0A


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Group Analysis in Educational Research and Practice – Results of a New Student Survey Instrument

Lars Dietrich, Petra Weber

Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Germany

Presenting Author: Dietrich, Lars; Weber, Petra

Today, psychoanalysis looks back on a long-lasting tradition of impacting educational theory and practice. In fact, from its very inception psychoanalytic thinking has been applied to educational settings (e.g., Freud, 1914; Freud, 1960). However, despite a long and very rich tradition, psychoanalysis in education remains a niche area in educational research and practice in Europe, North America, and beyond (Taubman, 2011). In academia, it has been almost entirely pushed out of the mainstream of educational research, with the exception of special needs education.

In this presentation, we argue that today there is an opportunity opening up for psychoanalytic thinking to (re-)emerge from the margins of educational research and practice. In the course of the past two decades, there has been a growing acknowledgment that social-emotional learning and development is a crucial part of a modern educational experience (CASEL, 2023), and an essential precondition for more effective academic/cognitive learning, and the advancement of meta-cognitive skills (Pianta, 2012). At the same time, meta-analyses of social-emotional learning/development program evaluations, based on theories and methods of the educational sciences’ mainstream, show only small effects (Corcoran et al., 2018). From a psychoanalytic perspective this is hardly surprising, because most of these programs resort to behavioral condition strategies that ignore latent/unconscious factors impacting human development. Hence, an opportunity is opening up for psychoanalysis in education to show that it can deliver better results.

However, in order to be successful, psychoanalysis in education needs to accept the methods and quality standards, which currently dominate the mainstream of educational sciences, despite their obvious limitations. Specifically, psychoanalysis in education needs to work with and show appreciation for the methods and contributions of quantitative empiricism with its focus on social ecological factors impacting development, and integrate them – which is not the same as giving up its traditional focus on qualitative and in-depth analyses of the unconscious. Initial successful and encouraging steps in this direction have been made in clinical psychoanalysis (Fonagy & Bateman, 2013).

This presentation focuses on our first attempts to bridge the gap between psychoanalysis in education and quantitative empiricism in educational research and practice. From our point of view, group analysis (Foulkes, 1983; Bion, 1991), which combines psychoanalytic and social-ecological/sociological theory and thinking, is the best-suited practice and methods framework for this endeavor. In early 2022, we began working as group analytic coaches in schools. Specifically, we have provided group analytic supervision sessions in two schools in the greater Berlin metropolitan area. In the course of this work, we have also developed a new student survey instrument, which has been theoretically derived from psychoanalytic and group analytic theory (e.g., Hirblinger, 2017; Naumann, 2014). The purpose of this instrument is to support teachers' self-reflective practices in the context of group analytic school coaching and professional development training.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To evaluate the new instrument's validity and reliability, we apply hierarchical linear modeling (HLM), exploratory, and confirmatory factor analysis using Stata 17 and Mplus 8.8.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This presentation summarizes preliminary quantiative-empirical results of the new survey instrument. We expect the variables to show significant correlations with several standardized social-emotional outcome variables: Academic and social efficacy, mentalizing, self-esteem, externalizing behavior, feelings of class belonging (e.g., Minter & Pritzker, 2015; Ha et al., 2013; Bollen & Hoyle, 1990; Veiga & Leite, 2017; Brown & Evans, 2002).
References
Bion, W. R. (1991). Experiences in groups and other papers. New York, NY: Routledge.
Bollen, K. A., & Hoyle, R. H. (1990). Perceived cohesion: A conceptual and empirical examination. Social Forces, 69(2), 479-504. doi:10.2307/2579670
Brown, R., & Evans, W. P. (2002). Extracurricular activity and ethnicity: Creating greater school connection among diverse student populations. Urban Education, 37(1), 41-58. doi:10.1177/0042085902371
Corcoran, R. P., Cheung, A. C. K., Kim, E., & Xie, C. (2018). Effective universal school-based social and emotional learning programs for improving academic achievement: A systematic review and meta-analysis of 50 years of research. Educational Research Review, 25, 56-72. doi:10.1016/j.edurev.2017.12.001
Fonagy, P., & Bateman, A. (2013). A brief history of mentalization-based treatment and its roots in psychoanalytic theory and practice. In M. B. Heller & S. Pollet (Eds.), The work of psychoanalysts in the public health sector (pp. 168-188). New York, NY: Routledge.
Foulkes, S. H. (1983). Introduction to group-analytic psychotherapy: Studies in the social integration of individuals and groups. New York, NY: Routledge.
Freud, A. (1960). Psychoanalysis for teachers and parents. Boston, MA: Beacon Press.
Freud, S. (1970). Zur Psychologie des Gymnasiasten (1914). In A. Mitscherlich, A. Richards, & J. Strachey (Eds.), Sigmund Freud Studienausgabe (Band IV): Psychologische Schriften. Frankfurt am Main: S. Fischer Verlag.
Ha, C., Sharp, C., Ensink, K., Fonagy, P., & Cirino, P. (2013). The measurement of reflective function in adolescents with and without borderline traits. Journal of Adolescence, 36(6), 1215-1223. doi:10.1016/j.adolescence.2013.09.008.
Hirblinger, H. (2017). Lehrerbildung aus psychoanalytisch-pädagogischer Perspektive [teacher education from a psychoanalytic-pedagogical perspective]. Gießen: Psychosozial-Verlag.
Minter, A., & Pritzker, S. (2015). Measuring adolescent social and academic self-efficacy: Cross-ethnic validity of the SEQ-C. Research on Social Work Practice, 27(2), 1-9. doi:10.1177/1049731515615677
Naumann, T. M. (2014). Gruppenanalytische Pädagogik: Eine Einführung in Theorie und Praxis [group analytic pedagogy: An introduction to theory and practice]. Gießen: Psychosozialverlag.
Pianta, R. C., Hamre, B. K., & Allen, J. P. (2012). Teacher-student relationships and engagement: Conceptualizing, measuring, and improving the capacity of classroom interactions. In S. L. Christenson, A. L. Reschly, & C. Wylie (Eds.), Handbook of research on student engagement. New York, NY: Springer Science + Business Media.
Taubman, P. M. (2011). Disavowed Knowledge. Psychoanalysis, Education, and Teaching. New York, NY: Routledge.
Veiga, F. H., & Leite, A. (2016). Adolescents’ self-concept short scale: A version of PHCSCS. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, 217, 631-637. doi:10.1016/j.sbspro.2016.02.079


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Diverse Learners’ Experiences and Learning Outcomes - How Does the NouHätä! Safety Programme Meet 8th Graders?

Mikko Puolitaival, Eila Lindfors, Brita Somerkoski, Emilia Luukka

University of Turku, Finland

Presenting Author: Puolitaival, Mikko

In The Finnish basic education curriculum (National core curriculum for basic education 2014, 2016), goals related to safety education are emphasized in a total of 11 different subjects at different grade levels. Safety-related goals mainly focus on prevention and preparedness in everyday life. (Puolitaival & Lindfors, 2019; Somerkoski & Lindfors, 2021.) Finnish schools have strongly relied on cooperation with authorities and organizations in safety education. Rescue services are one of the schools' essential partners. Accident prevention is a statutory task of the rescue services (Rescue Act (379) 2011).

An excellent example of long-term cooperation in the field of safety education is the NouHätä! safety training programme, which is aimed at middle school 8th graders. The main goal of the NouHätä! programme is to prevent fires and other accidents, respond to emergencies and prepare for social disruptions. In the programme, training is carried out in interprofessional cooperation between the rescue services’ personnel and school teachers (Mertsalmi & Kivelä, 2020). Even though the Nouhätä! programme has been implemented for more than a quarter of a century, it has received little scholarly attention. The success of the programme, like many others, is measured mainly by the number of participants. The aim of the study is to identify groups of learners with diverse learning outcomes and goal orientations and to find out how the materials and methods used in safety education meet the needs of diverse learners.

In addition to having different backgrounds, pupils are also oriented towards different learning goals. Individuals can have many different goal orientations simultaneously and these are formed through social interaction, for example, through the interpretation of expectations, feedback and comments. Over the years, several different classifications of goal orientation have been formulated, differing mainly in the number of goals and their justification (e.g. (Dweck, 1986; Elliot & Harackiewicz, 1996; Nicholls, 1984). In this study, achievement goal orientations are divided into mastery goal orientation, performance goal orientation, and avoidance goal orientation.

Achievement goal orientation as a concept describes an individual’s attitudes towards and expectations of their performance. Identical learning situations can be perceived differently by different students. Pupils may have multiple achievement goal orientations at play simultaneously. These vary according to students’ motivational factors, desired learning outcomes and interpretations of various situations. Specific goal orientation profiles can be generated according to specific, qualitatively different characteristics. Individual differences in goal orientation are associated with academic performance and well-being (Lerang et al., 2019; Niemivirta et al., 2019; Tuominen-Soini et al., 2008; Volet et al., 2019). Studies on goal orientation provide insight into why certain circumstances and methods have a varying impact on students. In their study, Volet, Jones and Vauras (2019) conclude that students’ favourable attitudes towards learning are more important than whether students have prior knowledge of the subject or not. They also point out that if some students in a group setting are determined to learn, they influence their peers to be proactive learners also (Volet et al., 2019). Students with different goal orientations benefit from different kinds of learning assignments and methods of instruction. Recognizing students’ goal orientations is a key factor for teachers when adapting their teaching to meet students' needs.

The research questions for the study are:

  1. What variables explain students’ learning outcomes in the NouHätä! safety education programme?
  2. What learning methods and materials of the safety education programme did students with different goal orientations prefer?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The target group of this study was 8th-grade students who participated in the NouHätä! programme during the spring term of 2020. We collected the data immediately at the end of the programme. The survey data were collected online with a Webropol questionnaire, which was sent to all the schools that took part in the programme. Participation was voluntary. The questionnaire consisted of four parts: background variable questions, goal orientation questions, a safety test measuring safety competence, and questions related to the implementation of the NouHätä! programme; such as materials and methods used in schools. The data examined in this study is part of a larger study that examined learning outcomes in a fire safety programme.  

Respondents' safety competence was measured with a set of 12 statements and their goal orientation (Volet ym., 2019), which was assessed based on a set of 20 questions. The reliability of the goal orientation questions was assessed using Cronbach's alpha, after which summary variables were constructed. In order to get a more accurate picture of the different types of students' learning abilities, we decided to group the respondents into clusters using cluster analysis. In addition to goal orientations, the clustering accounted for school performance and learning outcomes of the programme.

A quantitative research design was used in this descriptive study. As the responses were relatively normally distributed and the data were large, it was possible to use parametric methods in the analysis. In addition to basic descriptive and cluster analysis, correlation and regression analyses were performed on the data. (Tähtinen et al., 2020; Whatley, 2022)

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
A total of 1398 (N=1398) comprehensive school 8th grade students responded to the survey. Of all respondents, 701 reported being girls and 639 boys. The average value of the respondents' previous school report as 8.17 (scale is 4-10) and the safety test average score was 6.4 (scale is 0-12).  

The study grouped the learners into three clusters. Students in cluster one (n=706) performed well in school and got good learning results in the safety education test. They also most often had a high mastery goal orientation. This cluster included 50,5 % of all students. Students in cluster two performed weakly in school and most often had a low mastery and performance goal orientation. However, their learning outcomes in the safety education test were satisfactory. This cluster included 22,0 % of all students. Students in cluster three performed the weakest in school and had high performance and avoidance goal orientation. In the test they also performed the weakest. This cluster included 26,5 % of all students.

Overall, the results show that those who performed well in school, also did well on the safety test. The way in which teaching and learning situation was organized resulted a significant positive correlation with the learning outcomes. Thus, practical training was clearly linked to better performance in the NouHätä! programme. Moreover, the interprofessional collaboration seems to lead better results than safety teaching carried out by a school teacher or a rescue authority alone.

The results challenge teachers’ and experts’ collaboration in safety education. In addition, there is a clear demand to guide diverse learners’ towards using materials and methods that meet their needs and benefit their interest and motivation to achieve better learning outcomes.

References
Dweck, C. S. (1986). Motivational Processes Affecting Learning. The American psychologist, 41(10), 1040–1048. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.41.10.1040
Elliot, A. J., & Harackiewicz, J. M. (1996). Approach and Avoidance Achievement Goals and Intrinsic Motivation: A Mediational Analysis. Journal of personality and social psychology, 70(3), 461–475. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.70.3.461
Kolb, D. A. (2014). Experiential learning: Experience as the source of learning and development. Pearson.
Lerang, M. S., Ertesvåg, S. K., & Havik, T. (2019). Perceived Classroom Interaction, Goal Orientation and Their Association with Social and Academic Learning Outcomes. Scandinavian journal of educational research, 63(6), 913–934. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2018.1466358
Lindfors, E., Lundberg, A., & Kuusisto, S. (2021). Students’ Goal Orientations During a Pedagogical Innovation Process—A study in craft, design and technology teacher education. Technology in our hands. Creative pedagogy and ambitious teacher education. 221–232. https://journals.oslomet.no/index.php/techneA/article/view/4381/3852
Mertsalmi, A., & Kivelä, E. (2020). NouHätä! Käsikirja. Suomen Pelastusalan Keskusjärjestö SPEK.
National core curriculum for basic education 2014. (2016). Finnish National Board of Education.
Nicholls, J. G. (1984). Achievement motivation: Conceptions of ability, subjective experience, task choice, and performance. Psychological review, 91(3), 328–346. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-295X.91.3.328
Niemivirta, M., Pulkka, A.-T., Tapola, A., & Tuominen, H. (2019). Achievement Goal Orientations: A Person-Oriented Approach (ss. 566–616). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781316823279.025
Nilsen, P., Hudson, D. S., Kullberg, A., Timpka, T., Ekman, R., & Lindqvist, K. (2004). Making sense of safety. Injury Prevention, 10(2), 71–73. https://doi.org/10.1136/ip.2004.005322
Pelastuslaki (379) 2011. https://www.finlex.fi/fi/laki/ajantasa/2011/20110379
Puolitaival, M., & Lindfors, E. (2019). Turvallisuuskasvatuksen tavoitteiden tilannekuva perusopetuksessa – dokumenttiaineistoon perustuvaa pohdintaa. Teoksessa Tutkimuksesta luokkahuoneisiin (ss. 119–138). Jyväskylän yliopisto.
Scheerens, J. (Toim.). (2014). Effectiveness of Time Investments in Education. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-00924-7
Somerkoski, B., & Lindfors, E. (2021). Turvallisuuspedagogiikka perusopetuksen opetussuunnitelman perusteissa. Teoksessa Opetuksen ja oppimisen ytimessä. http://hdl.handle.net/10138/333969
Ståhlberg, J., Tuominen, H., Pulkka, A., & Niemivirta, M. (2021). Students’ perfectionistic profiles: Stability, change, and associations with achievement goal orientations. Psychology in the Schools, 58(1), 162–184. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.22444
Tuominen-Soini, H., Salmela-Aro, K., & Niemivirta, M. (2008). Achievement goal orientations and subjective well-being: A person-centred analysis. Learning and instruction, 18(3), 251–266. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2007.05.003
Tähtinen, J., Laakkonen, E., Broberg, M., & Tähtinen, R. (2020). Tilastollisen aineiston käsittelyn ja tulkinnan perusteita (2. uudistettu painos.). Turun yliopiston kasvatustieteiden laitos.
Volet, S., Jones, C., & Vauras, M. (2019). Attitude-, group- and activity-related differences in the quality of preservice teacher students’ engagement in collaborative science learning. Learning and individual differences, 73, 79–91. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2019.05.002
Whatley, M. (2022). Introduction to quantitative analysis for international educators. Springer.
 
Date: Wednesday, 23/Aug/2023
9:00am - 10:30am05 SES 04 A: Supporting and Integrating Marginalised Young People
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Michael Jopling
Paper Session
 
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Promoting Successful Trajectories in Young People who Have Been in Residential Care

Aitor Gomez1, Oriol Rios-Gonzalez2, Susana Leon-Jimenez3

1Universitat Rovira i Virgili, Spain; 2Universitat Rovira i Virgili, Spain; 3University of Barcelona, Spain

Presenting Author: Rios-Gonzalez, Oriol

According to previous evidence, both children and adolescents from alternative care show more accused disadvantages than general population ones, even those from lower-income backgrounds (Gypen et al., 2017; Vinnerljung and Hjern, 2011). There is a bigger possibility to experience deprivation, unemployment, housing problems, illegal activities engagement, early pregnancies, healthy-related problems, and low educational levels (Broad, 2005; Simon and Owen, 2006). Former youth in alternative care are at significant risk of social isolation not just while they are in the protective care system but also after they are adults, despite the substantial fiscal costs of alternative care for the government (O’Sullivan and Westerman, 2007; Gypen et al., 2017).

There are differences among these children too. The ones who are adopted experience fewer shortcomings than those who continue to be in foster care (Vinnerljung and Hjern, 2011). Furthermore, it is commonly accepted along literature that the children and adolescents in foster care who have a family perform better than those in residential care without family support in different dimensions: physical and cognitive abilities, academic outcomes, and social integration (Steels and Simpson, 2017). Developmental gaps in physical growth, brain development, cognition, and attention, as well as atypical attachment patterns, are all linked to residential care (Guyon-Harris et al., 2019; van IJzendoorn et al., 2020). Centred on these findings, it appears that residential care facilities are being phased out in favour of other family and community-based alternatives for children in need of care in most European countries; even so, this sort of resource does exist with a variety of characteristics.

The purpose of the study has been to assess the success trajectories of former residential care young people who have enrolled in universities and to pinpoint the factors that enabled them to overcome challenges and diverge from the expected way. In achieving this objective, the application of communicative methodology throughout the research process has been vital, an issue that we will discuss in the following subsection.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study has been conducted in Spain, where residential care currently accounts for 55% of child protection measures and has historically largely outweighed foster care (del Valle et al., 2009, Ministerio de Derechos Sociales y Agenda 2030, 2020). Hence, despite efforts to deinstitutionalize, residential care in Spain is not a last option saved for children and youth with extremely complicated needs but rather a relatively regular resource.
The Communicative Methodology focused on social transformation was used to conduct the study (Gomez et al., 2011; Puigvert et al., 2012). The research implemented a communicative approach focuses on the factors that contribute to overcoming those inequalities rather than just analysing instances of inequality. Communicative Methodology is based on creating an egalitarian and intersubjective dialogue in where the researcher contributes with current scientific knowledge and the participant provides their experience related to the analysed topic, thereby constructing combined knowledge (Gómez et al., 2006). Through this methodological orientation, the contributions’ validity claims are evaluated based on the strongest argument rather than the person’s position of power (Habermas, 1981/1984).
In this study they have taken part twelve participants between the ages of 18 and 28, and who resided in various Spanish cities. Two criteria were considered to sample participants: 1) the situation that they were currently studying or had previously studied at a university (defined by the research team as having achieved success in education) and 2) the fact that they had spent part of their childhood and/ or adolescence living in residential facilities.
Two different methods were used to gather communicative daily-life stories. One of the researchers conducted four face-to-face interviews with young people who felt safe to share. The others were gathered using a video conferencing application due to geographic distance constraints. The researcher who used the data collection technique in each case also worked as a social educator in residential care. To let participants complete freedom to decide whether they wanted to participate, all information about the research and its goals was made available from the start.
The communicative daily-life stories were recorded, and the data were analysed to separate the participants’ barriers (exclusionary dimension) from the solutions to the inequality (transformative dimension) (Pulido et al. 2014). In each set of categories, the exclusionary and transformative dimensions were examined in terms of the educational system, family bonds, social relations, transition to adulthood and residential setting.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The data collected shows the trajectories and the elements that made possible for the participants to study at the university. Most of the research participants discussed how difficult it was to be separated from their fathers and mothers when reviewing their trajectory in the alternative care system, but they also recognised how necessary it was for this separation to occur given the situation of family neglect. They also described the constant change of the social and academic settings before and after alternative care, harming their interpersonal relationships and their academic accomplishment.
Although the participants trajectories before being institutionalized were being extremely difficult for them, they showed how a close-knit environment during a child or adolescent development can be a critical protective factor for a child or adolescent who is experiencing carelessness. The participants explained how their friends, teachers, and family members helped them and, in some cases, protected them from their families’ neglect.
All the participants also stressed the value of the educators to them after they move into residential care, underlining how some of the residential carers, especially their mentors who served as role models for them, showed them dedication, effort, high expectations, enthusiasm, and affection.  
Some age-related challenges in various facets of life were faced by participants who had matured out of care. Many of the research participants discussed the financial challenges they met in enrolling in, continuing in, and providing for their own needs during their time in higher education.
Nevertheless, despite their difficult circumstances, the participants' narratives highlight crucial elements that allowed them to enrol in university. These identified educational success facilitators have been the participants’ awareness of the relevance of education; the prioritisation of education in the residential care home, the extended learning time, looking for other complementary help (such as private funding).

References
Broad, B. (2005) Improving the Health and Well-Being of Young People Leaving Care. Russell House Publishing.

Del Valle, J. F., López, M., Montserrat, C. and Bravo, A. (2009) ‘Twenty years of foster care in Spain: Profiles, patterns and outcomes’. Children and Youth Services Review, 31(8), 847–53.

Gómez, A., Puigvert, L. and Flecha, R. (2011) ‘Critical communicative methodology: Informing real social transformation through research’. Qualitative Inquiry, 17(3), pp. 235-45.

Gómez, J., Latorre, A., Sánchez, M. and Flecha, R. (2006). Metodología Comunicativa Crítica. El Roure.

Guyon-Harris, K. L., Humphreys, K. L., Fox, N. A., Nelson, C. A. and Zeanah, C. H. (2019). ‘Signs of attachment disorders and social functioning among early adoles- cents with a history of institutional care’. Child Abuse and Neglect, 88, 96–106.

Gypen, L., Vanderfaeillie, J., De Maeyer, S., Belenger, L., Van Holen, F. (2017) ‘Outcomes of children who grew up in foster care: Systematic-review’. Children and Youth Services Review, 76, 74–83.

Habermas, J. (1981/1984). Theory of Communicative Action: Lifeworld and System: A Critique of Functionalist Reason. Beacon Press.

Ministerio de Derechos Sociales y Agenda 2030. (2020). Boletín de Datos Estadísticos de Medidas de Protección a la Infancia, 22, Datos 2019. Available online at: https://observatoriodelainfancia.vpsocial.gob.es/productos/pdf/BOLETIN_22_final.pdf      

O’Sullivan, A. and Westerman, R. (2007) ‘Closing the gap. Investigating the barriers to educational achievement for looked after children’. Adoption and Fostering, 31(1), 13-20.

Puigvert, L., Christou, M. and Holford, J. (2012) ‘Critical communicative methodology: Including vulnerable voices in research through dialogue’. Cambridge Journal of Education, 42(4), 513-26.

Pulido, C., Elboj, C., Campdepadro´s, R. and Cabre´, J. (2014). ‘Exclusionary   and transformative dimensions communicative analysis enhancing solidarity among women to overcome gender violence’, Qualitative Inquiry, 20(7), 889-94.

Simon, A. and Owen, C. (2006) ‘Outcomes for children in care: what do we know?’, in Simon, A., Jackson, S. and Chase, E. (eds), Care and after: A Positive Perspective (pp. 26–43), Routledge.

Steels, S. and Simpson, H. (2017) ‘Perceptions of children in residential care homes: A critical review of the literature’. The British Journal of Social Work, 47(6), 1704–22.

van IJzendoorn, M. H., et al. (2020) ‘Institutionalisation and deinstitutionalisation of children 1: a systematic and integrative review of evidence regarding effects on development’. The Lancet Psychiatry, 7(8), 703-20.

Vinnerljung, B. and Hjern, A. (2011) ‘Cognitive, educational and self-support out- comes of long-term foster care versus adoption. A Swedish national cohort study’, Children and Youth Services Review, 33(10), 1902-10.


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Grasping and Working with Inclusion and Exclusion in Urban Youth Work in Denmark.

Vibe Larsen, Ditte Tofteng, Katrine Scott, Lone Brønsted

University College Copenhagen, Denmark

Presenting Author: Larsen, Vibe; Scott, Katrine

Marginalised youth in Copenhagen, like in many other big cities, face challenges of inclusion and participation in education, the labour market and civil society activities (e.g., sport) (Red Barnet 2020). On a national level, efforts have been made to handle these challenges through a focus on inclusive education, youth work, improved professional training and an increased interprofessional cooperation between welfare professionals. This paper conceptualises young people’s marginalisation as complex processes of inclusion and exclusion in a presentation of findings from two research projects. The research project The Gendered Youth Club [Køn i klub] investigates youth workers’ narratives of forms of inclusion and exclusion that are produced in urban youth work. The research project Youth and Pedagogical work in Urban Arenas [Ungeliv og pædagogisk praksis i urbane arenaer] explores young people's own problem definitions and proposed solutions based on their own experiences of marginalisation. In the paper, we compare findings from the two projects in order to answer the research question: How do young people in marginalised positions and youth workers describe and understand forms of inclusion and exclusion in urban youth work?

The two research projects draw on different theoretical frameworks with a common research interest in urban youth work. The Gendered Youth Club investigates youth workers’ narratives of gender, sexuality, race/ethnicity and class in relation to young people's opportunities in both institutional and societal participation, and analyses how these narratives also shape relations between young people and youth workers. The project is informed by international gender and intersectionality research (Butler 1993, Nayak & Kehily 2006, Wetherell 2008) as well as Danish research about how gender and other socio-cultural categories are regulated and negotiated in every day institutional life (Kofoed 2008, Staunæs 2003).

The project Youth and Pedagogical work in Urban Arenas explores lived experiences of marginalisation among youth in the city by involving young people actively in the research process. Marginalisation is understood within the theoretical framework of wicked problems (Horst, Rittel & Weber 1973, Bladt & Tofteng 2022). Wicked problems are characterised by a complexity of simultaneous problems within social structures, cultural and individual spheres which together shape social exclusions and differentiations. By involving young people in participatory processes, we enhance our knowledge about the complexity of the wicked problems both at an individual level, but also at a more general or societal level (Bruselius-Jensen 2021, Percy-Smith 2006, Percy-Smith, McMahon & Thomas 2019).

Bringing together findings from the two projects provides a double perspective including both youth and youth workers’ attempts to grasp and work with urban marginalisation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The projects adopt an explorative approach within qualitative research. The empirical data in the project The Gendered Youth Club consists of interviews with 20 youth workers from 15 youth clubs across Copenhagen. The youth workers have been recruited through the method of snowball sampling that employs research into participants’ social networks to access specific populations using interpersonal relations and connections between people (Brown 2003). The method works through referrals made among people who share or know of others who have knowledge or a position that are of research interest (Biernacki & Waldorf 1981). The interviews are focused on questions about forms of inclusion and exclusion in youth work with a focus on gender and marginalization.  

The empirical data of the research project Youth and Pedagogical work in Urban Arenas consists of interviews with young people conducted by youth workers from four youth clubs across Copenhagen. The emperical data was generated within one workshop with 25 professionals conducting 15 interviews with youngsters at the age of 12- 14 years. The aim of the interviews is for the professionals to learn from the youth by involving them in problem identification and analyses of mechanisms of social exclusion in everyday life (Bruselius- Jensen 2021, Tofteng & Bladt 2021, Wulf- Andersen et al 2021). The method draws on an understanding of the need to bring young people and youth workers’ perspectives and experiences into the research process not only as informants but also as active participants in knowledge production (Bladt 2013, Tofteng & Bladt 2021, Wulf- Andersen et al 2021).  

 

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The two projects illustrate the complex nature of urban youth work that targets young people at the margins of a welfare society. However, the projects also show that although both youth workers and the young people themselves have great insights into complex forms of inclusion and exclusion, youth workers at times find it difficult to describe everyday examples of exclusionary practices in their work out of fear of contributing to further marginalisation. This difficulty becomes clear through hesitant and fumbling language when youth workers try to point out how gender, sexuality, race/ethnicity, and class become visible in youth work. Lack of a professional vocabulary to talk about and identify gendered, racialised and classed processes of inclusion and exclusion, is an obstacle in youth work that aims to include and involve a diverse group of young people.  

We show that young people can contribute with new insights and innovative ideas that challenge traditional ways of organizing youth work and welfare systems of inclusion and support. This insight underlines the importance of working with youth participatory methods in youth work and it is also in line with other studies that have shown that when young people help to define issues and participate in creating concrete changes, they experience it as meaningful and as significant for both them and others. We find that when young people and youth workers work together to create solutions, the solutions seem to leave a more lasting impression on the young people's everyday lives than when the solutions come from the youth workers alone.

 

References
Biernacki, Patrick, Waldorf, Dan (1981), Snowball Sampling. Problems and Techniques of Chain Referral Sampling, Sociological Methods and Research, 10:2, 141-163.

Bladt, M. (2013), De Unges Stemme – udsyn fra en anden virkelighed. University of Roskilde.

Browne, Kath (2005), Snowball sampling: using social networks to research non‐heterosexual women, International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8:1, 47-60.

Bruselius-Jensen, M. (2021), Et kontinuum over børn og unges deltagelsesformer, Forskning i Pædagogers Profession og Uddannelse, 5:2

Butler, J. (1993): Bodies that Matter: On the Discursive Limits of ‘Sex’. Routledge, New York.

Horst, W. J. Rittel, & Webber, M. M. (1973). Dilemmas in a General Theory of Planning. Policy Scien-ces, 4(2), 155–169.

Juelskjær, M., Falkenberg, H., & Larsen, V. (2018). Students of reforms. Investigating and troubling the enactment of student voices in research on reform. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 31(5), 436-451. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2018.1449981

Kofoed, J. (2008), Appropriate Pupilness: Social Categories intersecting in school life, Childhood, 15:2

Nayak, A. & Kehily, M. J. (2006), Gender undone: subversion, regulation and embodiment in the work of Judith Butler, British Journal of Sociology of Education,27:4, 459-472

Nielsen, A. M. W., & Bruselius-Jensen, M. (2021). Journey mapping as a method to make sense of participation. I M. Bruselius-Jensen, I. Pitti, & E. K. M. Tisdall (red.), Young people's participation in Europe: Revisiting youth and participation (s. 235-253). Policy Press.

Percy-Smith, Barry, McMahon, Gráinne, Thomas, Nigel (2019), Recognition, inclusion and democracy: learning from action research with young people, Educational Action Research, 27:3, 347-361

Percy-Smith, Barry (2006), From Consultation to Social Learning in Community Participation with Young People, Children, Youth and Environments 16(2): 153-179.

Red Barnet (2020), Bryd barrieren – en analyse af, hvordan flere unge i udsatte positioner kommer med i positive fællesskaber.

Staunæs, D. (2003), Where have all the subjects gone? Bringing together the concepts of Intersectionality and Subjectification, Nora: Nordic Journal of Women's Studies, 11:2

Tofteng, Ditte, Bladt, Mette (2020), ‘Upturned participation’ and youth work: using a Critical Utopian Action Research approach to foster engagement, Educational Action Research, 28:1, 112-127

Tofteng, D.M.B. & Bladt, M. Dilemmaer (2022) og bæredygtighed i demokratiske deltagelsesprocesser – når marginaliserede unges viden og erfaring står i centrum. I Forskning og forandring. 5. 1 102 – 121.

Wetherell, M. (2008), Subjectivity or Psycho-Discursive Practices? Investigating Complex Intersectional Identities, Subjectivity. 2008/22.

Wulf- Andersen. T., Follesø. R., Olsen, T., (2021) Involving Methods in Youth Research. Reflections on Participations and Power. Studies in Childhood and Youth.  Palgrave Macmillan


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Discipline on the Edge: School Discipline and Social Marginalization within Segregated Urban Schools

Thorsten Hertel

University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany

Presenting Author: Hertel, Thorsten

School can be understood as an institution through which power circulates in multifarious ways.

School curricula represent legitimate bodies of knowledge, rules define which behavior is accepted and which is not. Spatial structures serve the purpose of disciplining and observation, methods of testing and analysis help to generate complex knowledge about students. Through a Foucauldian lens, school appears as a ‘dispositif’ of power, a complex network of material structures, discursive and non-discursive practices which serves to produce the modern individual (Foucault, 1978). A substantial amount of research argues that power structures have continually transformed toward more soft and subtle approaches. Those ‘technologies of power’ associated with modern governmentality and the societies of control (Deleuze, 1992) no longer target the ‘docile body’ by physical discipline (Foucault, 1995) but strive to produce a self-governing entrepreneurial subject through neoliberal discursive invocation. However, the argument can be made as well that school still reflects the logic of the disciplinary society and that those systems of school discipline developed during the 19th Century are still very much in place.

The question whether the ‘shift’ towards a less rigid and less punitive ‘governmental’ discipline is extensive and whether it has affected most parts of the educational system therefore remains to be further explored. And it becomes even more relevant when the link between power, inequality and social marginalization is considered. This link can be studied when focusing on schools situated in segregated urban areas, as these schools are focal points of social and educational inequality within which disruptive behavior and problems with classroom management seem to be more prominent than elsewhere (Fölker, Hertel, Pfaff & Wieneke, 2013; Racherbäumer, Funke, Ackeren & Clausen, 2013; Weiner, 2003). Research suggests that the already given tendency of educational systems to reproduce structures of class and ethnic differences intensifies within these schools, with pedagogical practices playing a potentially crucial role in perpetuating or counteracting dynamics of misrecognition, discrimination, and territorial stigmatization (Sernhede, 2011; Wacquant, 2000, 2007; Wellgraf, 2018).

The importance of disciplinary practices for dynamics of marginalization has been stressed especially by studies from the US-American discourse, showing how Zero-Tolerance approaches not only fail to create less disruptive educational environments, but happen to further disadvantage those students who are already marginalized, reproducing ethnic differences through practices of punishment and exclusionary discipline. Firstly, studies on the relation between the discipline gap and the achievement gap show that racial disparities in educational achievement and in the intensity and frequency of punitive school discipline reproduce each other (Gregory, Skiba, & Noguera, 2010; Skiba et al., 2011). Secondly, qualitative studies looking at the ‘micro level’ of disciplinary practice have repeatedly shown how cultural stereotypes and images about ethnic minority groups are closely intertwined with punitive school discipline (Ferguson, 2000; Gray, 2016; Morris, 2005).

Within the German educational research discourse, literature on the relationship between school discipline and marginalization is scarce. The paper at hand presents results from a study investigating disciplinary practices within schools in deprived urban areas through a qualitative-reconstructive approach (Hertel 2020). Drawing on Foucauldian concepts, the study has investigated the implicit knowledge underpinning disciplinary practices as well as ‘disciplinary cultures’ of schools and their interplay with established systems of power. The presentation at ECER 2023 will outline the main results and reflect on them against the backdrop of the conference theme, raising the question of how school discipline tends to value or de-value cultural and social diversity in school.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study was carried out as a qualitative-reconstructive analysis of interviews and group discussions. The data was obtained in three different urban schools situated in deprived areas within German major cities and mainly attended by students from disadvantaged milieus. Most students had a migration background. In each school, teachers and students were included into the sample. The interviews and group discussions have then been transcribed verbatim and analyzed using the documentary method (Bohnsack, 2010, 2017). This method draws on concepts from Mannheim’s sociology of knowledge. It is based on the assumption that social practice is driven by different ‘layers’ of knowledge. While theories, programs and institutional norms are constituted by explicit knowledge, everyday social practice and routine behaviors are mainly driven by habitual and practical knowledge. This type or layer of knowledge is produced within and through collective experience and remains mostly implicit. The documentary method aims at the systematic reconstruction of this implicit layer of knowledge and the ‘modi operandi’ underpinning social practice, which is achieved by a three-step approach: The first step consists of the ‘formulating interpretation’, which identifies the analyzed material’s content on an explicit level. The second step, called ‘reflecting interpretation’, aims at the analysis of habitual knowledge by reconstructing the implicit framework of meaning within which a certain topic is processed (Bohnsack 2010, pp. 110f.). In order to achieve this goal, those passages within the data material characterized by high metaphorical and interactive density are chosen for in-depth analysis, as they provide privileged access to the implicit framework of knowledge driving a subject’s or group’s practice (ibid., pp. 104f.). In the third step, a typology is generated through comparative analysis. Within the study presented here, two different types of ‘knowledge of power’ underpinning disciplinary practice of teachers were identified and theorized on the backdrop of Foucauldian theory of power (see section “conclusion”). Further analysis then focused on the highly contrasting ‘disciplinary cultures’ of two of the schools in the sample. This part of the analysis reconstructed the mechanisms and dynamics of disciplinary culture anchored in the schools’ history and their relationships with the urban environment, the role of spatial arrangements and the reproduction of disciplinary culture through interactions between teachers. Finally, the interactions and experiences of students were considered as well by showing how they relate to their school’s disciplinary culture.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis identified two overarching types of ‘power knowledge’ which drive different practices of school discipline. Both types are underpinned by contrasting modes of constructing students as ‘pedagogical subjects’:
The ‘repressive type’ unilaterally imposes social and behavioral norms through harsh punishment and control. In this type, the logics and punitive techniques of the ‘disciplinary society’ (Foucault 1995) are very much dominant. Disciplinary practices of the repressive type aim to control and contain the behavior of students which are constructed as socially deficient and notoriously deviant individuals. In and through this type of school discipline, the students’ already given position of social and symbolic marginalization is reproduced and consolidated.
By contrast, the ‘explorative type’ tends to handle social and behavioral norms more flexible. Instead of punishment, this type employs disciplinary measures of subtle control and focusses on questioning and on attempts of understanding students’ motives and behaviors. Accordingly, students are not constructed as notorious deviants, but as victims of their marginalized circumstances. Yet, this type of discipline is anything but powerless, as it aims at generating knowledge and uncovering ‘inner truths‘, which then can be used to softly but more efficiently ‘govern’ the individuals. Here, techniques of pastoral power are at play (Foucault, 1983). Cultural and class related differences are met with more acceptance and recognition and integrated into practices of ‘gentle’ discipline and control. However, also within the explorative type, disciplinary power (Foucault 1995) never fully vanishes, as it constitutes the structural canvas on which school discipline unfolds. The presentation at ECER 2023 will outline the theoretical framework, methods and empirical results of the study. Finally, the types of disciplinary practice described above will be systematically reflected with regard to their relation to social, class, and ethnic diversity.

References
Bohnsack, R. (2010). Documentary Method and Group Discussion. In R. Bohnsack, N. Pfaff, & W. Weller (Eds.), Qualitative Analysis and Documentary Method in International Educational Research (pp. 99-124). Opladen/Farmington Hills.
Bohnsack, R. (2017). Praxeologische Wissenssoziologie. Opladen/Toronto.
Deleuze, G. (1992). Postscript on the Societies of Control. October, 59, 3-7.
Ferguson, A. A. (2000). Bad Boys. Public Schools in the Making of Black Masculinity. Michigan.
Fölker, L., Hertel, T., Pfaff, N., & Wieneke, J. (2013). „Zahnlose Tiger“ und ihr Kerngeschäft – Die Abwesenheit schulischer Ordnung als Strukturproblem an Schulen in schwieriger Lage. Zeitschrift für interpretative Schul- und Unterrichtsforschung, 2(1), 87-110.
Foucault, M. (1978). Dispositive der Macht. Michel Foucault über Sexualität, Wissen und Wahrheit. Berlin.
Foucault, M. (1983). The Subject and Power. In H. L. Dreyfus & P. Rabinow (Eds.), Michel Foucault: Beyond Structuralism and Hermeneutics (2. ed., pp. 208-226). Chicago.
Foucault, M. (1995). Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison. New York.
Gray, M. S. (2016). Saving the Lost Boys: Narratives of Discipline Disproportionality. Educational Leadership and Administration: Teaching and Program Development, 27, 53-80.
Gregory, A., Skiba, R. J., & Noguera, P. A. (2010). The Achievement Gap and the Discipline Gap: Two Sides of the Same Coin? Educational Researcher, 39(1), 59-68.
Hertel, T. (2020). Entziffern und Strafen. Schulische Disziplin zwischen Macht und Marginalisierung. Bielefeld.
Morris, E. W. (2005). “Tuck in that Shirt!” Race, Class, Gender, and Discipline in an Urban School. Sociological Perspectives, 48(1), 25-48.
Racherbäumer, K., Funke, C., Ackeren, I. v., & Clausen, M. (2013). Schuleffektivitätsforschung und die Frage nach guten Schulen in schwierigen Kontexten. In R. Becker & A. Schulze (Eds.), Bildungskontexte. Strukturelle Voraussetzungen und Ursachen ungleicher Bildungschancen (pp. 239-267). Wiesbaden.
Sernhede, O. (2011). School, Youth Culture and Territorial Stigmatization in Swedish Metropolitan Districts. Young, 19(2), 159-180.
Skiba, R. J., Horner, R. H., Chung, C.-G., Rausch, M. K., May, S. L., & Tobin, T. (2011). Race Is Not Neutral: A National Investigation of African American and Latino Disproportionality in School Discipline. School Psychology Review, 40(1), 85-107.
Wacquant, L. (2000). Deadly symbiosis. When ghetto and prison meet and mesh. Punishment & Society, 3(1), 95-133.
Wacquant, L. (2007). Territorial Stigmatization in the Age of Advanced Marginality. Thesis Eleven, 91(1), 66-77.
Weiner, L. (2003). Why Is Classroom Management So Vexing to Urban Teachers? Theory into Practice, 42(4), 305-312.
Wellgraf, S. (2018). Schule der Gefühle. Zur emotionalen Erfahrung von Minderwertigkeit in neoliberalen Zeiten. Bielefeld.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm05 SES 06 A: Promoting Wellbeing and Addressing Loneliness and Parental Substance Abuse
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Erna Nairz
Paper Session
 
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Anxiety and Feelings of Loneliness Among Primary and Secondary School Students in Austria: Prevalence and Influencing Factors

Franziska Reitegger1, Barbara Gasteiger-Klicpera1,2

1University of Graz, Austria; 2Research Center for Inclusive Education Graz, Austria

Presenting Author: Reitegger, Franziska

The negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on mental health of children and adolescents is internationally widely reported. Meta-analyses pointed out that the global pooled prevalence of psychological disorders for children and adolescents not affected by mental health problems before the pandemic was 20.95 % (Raccanello et al., 2022). High rates of anxiety were especially significant (Loades et al., 2020) and prevalence rates for anxiety in youth varied globally from 2-74 % (Hossain et al., 2022). By now, it has also been found that the increase in symptoms did not change when examined longitudinally (Samji et al., 2022). Therefore, further worsening of mental problems must be assumed in the long-term course (Kauhanen et al., 2022).

Since anxiety is a multifaceted construct, the type of anxiety evolved is of high relevance. Regarding social anxiety the assumptions could be mixed. Social Anxiety may have increased during the pandemic since fewer or no opportunities for social interactions were offered. On the other side social anxiety also may have decreased since social pressures decreased. Generalized anxiety may have increased due to the pandemic and various other negative global events (Barendse et al., 2022). Besides feelings of generalized anxiety, many students were also found to be affected by COVID-19 related anxiety (Krammer et al., 2022). The most cited pandemic-related fear was that of contracting the virus themselves or fearing that a loved one might be infected (Samji et al., 2022).

Internalizing symptoms like social anxiety and loneliness show conceptual similarities and often co-occur, (Danneel et al., 2020). In fact, loneliness was one of the most common experienced feelings during the pandemic (Jamil et al., 2022). The comorbidity of social anxiety and loneliness is associated with a higher amount of social and academic difficulties as well as with greater life-dissatisfaction, increased sensitivity for social threat and social withdrawal (Danneel et al., 2020).

Meta-analyses identified risk and protective factors for child and adolescent mental health during times of covid-19. Female gender has been consistently identified as a risk factor for anxiety (e.g. Samji et al., 2022), but when it comes to loneliness, contradictory results can be found. Some studies (e.g. Kayaoglu & Bascillar ,2022) identified female gender as a risk factor while others could not find differences in the mean levels of loneliness between boys and girls (Danneel et al., 2020).

Also regarding the age groups different results were found. Some studies pointed out that older children and adolescents experienced higher stress levels, more frequent anxiety, worries and feelings of loneliness (Kavaoglu & Bascillar, 2022; Samji et al., 2022) Contrarily, other studies reported that younger individuals exhibited higher psychopathological symptoms of anxiety and loneliness across all assessment waves (Benke et al., 2022).

Therefore, it is of great necessity to not only look carefully at the specific types and frequency of children's and adolescents' fears in times of global exceptional situations such as the pandemic, but also to shed light on risk and protective factors of the population. This is necessary to develop appropriate prevention and intervention strategies to protect children and adolescents and to support their healthy development.

This paper aims at identifying differences in students’ self-reported loneliness, generalized, social and covid-related anxiety symptoms and exploring explanatory approaches. Accordingly, the following research questions are addressed:

  1. What anxieties and levels of loneliness do Austrian students report in times of COVID-19?
  2. What are the differences and relationships between self-reported anxieties, loneliness and individual and socio-economic/family-related factors of students in Austria?
  3. To what extend can individual and socio-economic/family-related factors explain the differences in self-reported anxieties and loneliness from students in times of COVID-19?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The present study was part of a larger project exploring the challenges and possibilities due to the pandemic in a representative sample of eighteen primary and eleven secondary schools in Styria, a federal state of Austria. A mixed-method design considering different perspectives was used: the view of teachers, school principals, parents and students. For the present study, the perspective of students and parents is of particular relevance, which was explored by a cross-sectional online (students) and paper-pencil (parents) survey conducted from April to June 2021. A team of trained researchers administered the online questionnaire with the students during one school lesson. Parents received a paper-pencil questionnaire together with the request for informed consent for the participation of their children in the study. Data were collected from a representative sample of 504 students (50.2 % girls; 49.8 % boys, aged 8-15) from primary (n=269) and secondary schools (n=235). Additionally, data from 449 parents/guardians of the students aged 26-64 years (M=41.03, SD=5.77) were collected.
 
The Parents-questionnaire included questions about socio-economic and family-related factors (e.g. migration background, highest education-level and family-climate). At the beginning of the students-online-questionnaire, they were asked about their gender and age. To identify anxiety-related problems, two scales in reduced form of the German “Screening for Child Anxiety Related Disorders” (SCARED-D, Birmaher et al., 1999) were used. The first scale “Social Phobia” consisted of six Items (e.g. I don’t like to be with people I don’t know well), the second scale “Generalized Anxiety Disorder” consisted of five Items (e.g. I am someone who worries a lot) and could be answered on a five-point Likert scale (1=don’t agree; 5=agree exactly). Cronbach’s alpha in the present study for the whole scale (11 items) was .84, and for both subscales .77. Two items were implemented to measure the frequency of corona-related anxiety (e.g. During the past few months I have been worried about the Coronavirus), which could be answered on a six-point Likert Scale (1=all the time; 6=never; 𝛼 =.73). To examine students’ experiences of loneliness, a scale by Gasteiger-Klicpera and Klicpera (2003) was used, consisting of six Items (e.g. I have no one to talk to in class.) and could be answered on a five-point Likert scale (1= not true, 5=exactly true; 𝛼 =.83).

Statistical analyses were performed using IBM SPSS Statistics 28. Mean differences were tested with multivariate analyses and Pearson correlations were calculated to analyze correlation hypotheses.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings from item-based frequency-analyses showed, that in terms of social anxiety (M=2.86, SD=.95) 41% of the students reported that it was rather/exactly true that they did not like to be with people they did not know well and 39.4 % reported that it was rather/exactly true that they were nervous when they had to do something while being watched. Regarding generalized anxiety (M=2.69, SD=.99) 32.8 % of the students reported, that it was rather/exactly true that they worried about the future and 31.3 % that it was rather/exactly true that they worried about things that already happened.

Compared to this, students were less likely to report school-related feelings of loneliness (M=1.58, SD=.74). In terms of covid-related fears, students reported that they had higher fears about a family-member contracting COVID-19 during the last months (M=2.56, SD=1.76) than worrying about the virus in general (M=3.07, SD=1.98). This is in line with international findings from Samji et al. (2022).

Initial analysis of possible differences in the reported scores by individual factors revealed that female students reported significantly higher scores than male students regarding social anxiety symptoms (p=.01). With respect to corona-specific worries, male students were found to score significantly higher than female students (p=.01). First correlation analyses about relationships between anxiety, loneliness and socio-economic/individual factors showed a highly significant positive correlation between feelings of loneliness and the students age (p=.01) and a highly significant negative correlation with the parents’ education level (p=.05).
 
A more detailed analysis will be conducted to identify further differences and correlations to draw further conclusions on whether the changed life situation, caused by the pandemic, also results in a change of risk and protective factors for anxiety in childhood and adolescence.

References
Barendse, M. E. A., et al. (2022). Longitudinal Change in Adolescent Depression and Anxiety Symptoms from before to during the COVID-19 Pandemic. Journal of Research on Adolescence, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1111/jora.12781

Benke, C., et al. (2022). One year after the COVID-19 outbreak in Germany: long-term changes in depression, anxiety, loneliness, distress and life satisfaction. European Archives of Psychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience, 0123456789, 20–23. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00406-022-01400-0

Birmaher, B., et al. (1999). Psychometric properties of the Screen for Child Anxiety Related Emotional Disorders (SCARED): A replication study. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 38, 1230-1236.  https://doi.org/10.1097/00004583-199910000-00011

Danneel, S., et al. (2020). Loneliness, Social Anxiety Symptoms, and Depressive Symptoms in Adolescence: Longitudinal Distinctiveness and Correlated Change. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 49(11), 2246–2264. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-020-01315-w

Gasteiger-Klicpera, B., & Klicpera, Ch. (2003). Warum fühlen sich Schüler einsam? Einflussfaktoren der Einsamkeit im schulischen Kontext. Praxis der Kinderpsychologie und Kinderpsychiatrie, 52 (1), 1-16.

Hossain, M. M., Nesa, F., Das, J., Aggad, R., & Tasnim, S. (2022). Global burden of mental health problems among children and adolescents during COVID-19 pandemic: An umbrella review. Psychiatry Research, 317(January), 114814. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2022.114814

Jamil, A., et al. (2022). Loneliness and mental health related impacts of COVID-19: a narrative review. International Journal of Adolescent Medicine and Health, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1515/ijamh-2022-0032

Kauhanen, L., et al. (2022). A systematic review of the mental health changes of children and young people before and during the COVID-19 pandemic. European Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 0123456789. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00787-022-02060-0
 
Kayaoğlu, K., & Başcıllar, M. (2022). Determining the relationship between loneliness and depression in adolescents during the COVID-19 pandemic: A cross-sectional survey. Journal of Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Nursing, May, 1–7. https://doi.org/10.1111/jcap.12384

Krammer, M., et al. (2022). „Durch die Coronapandemie belastet?“ Der Einfluss von durch COVID-19 induzierter Angst auf die sozial-emotionale Entwicklung 12- bis 13-Jähriger in Österreich. Zeitschrift Für Bildungsforschung, 12(1), 43–60. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-022-00336-8

Loades, M. E., et al. (2020). Rapid systematic review: The impact of social isolation adolescents in the context of COVID-19. Journal of the American of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 59(11), 1218–1239.

Raccanello, D., et al. (2022). Eighteen Months of COVID-19 Pandemic Through the Lenses of Self or Others: A Meta-Analysis on Children and Adolescents’ Mental Health. Child and Youth Care Forum, 0123456789. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10566-022-09706-9
 
Samji, H., et al. (2022). Review: Mental health impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on children and youth – a systematic review. Child and Adolescent Mental Health, 27(2), 173–189. https://doi.org/10.1111/camh.12501


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Managing School: Agentic Reponses by Young People Living with Drug use

Joyce Nicholson

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Nicholson, Joyce

As many as 30% of young people are affected by parental substance use, including hazardous drinking across Europe (EMCDDA 2010). Young people may experience a range of impacts including on their health and well-being and educational experiences (Cleaver et al 2011, Velleman & Templeton 2016, Kuppens et al 2020). Indeed, research from Europe suggests there may be significant effects on academic outcomes, including academic underachievement and school adjustment (Torvik et al 2011, Berg et al 2016, Lowthian 2022). Structural and intersecting issues such a poverty, domestic abuse and mental health are central to understanding both the impacts and outcomes for young people and their families, with deprivation the central driver of statutory intervention in children’s and families’ lives (Bywaters et al 2016). Recently, a Council of Europe Report described children affected by parental drug use as ‘not receiving enough attention’ and recommended the development of ‘sensitising tools aimed at understanding the experience of parental drug dependence, (to) initiate discussions about it in society, schools, communities and families’ (Giacomello 2022:85). There is an absence of research that considers day-to day school experiences for young people affected by drug use and a small number of qualitative studies which do provide some deeper insights into the relational complexities between poor school attendance and engagement more generally (Barnard and Barlow 2003, Backett-Milburn et al 2008).

Much of the literature on young people and families affected by parental substance use describe attempts to manage stigma and shame, fears around (and actual) removal and how they ‘get by’ (Backett-Milburn et al 2008). Bancroft (2004) and Backett-Milburn (2008) describe the ways in which young people agentically managed their day to day lives by, for example, attempting to take control of their parent's drug or alcohol use and family responsibilities, protecting their parents and siblings, withdrawing to private space, and occasionally confronting parents about their use. Young people are, accordingly, creatively responding to their relational and social contexts. Young people may present in school in ways that aim to keep themselves ‘under the radar’, and as having 'normal' family lives (Backett- Milburn et al 2008, Sipler et al 2020). These may mean that their need for support in school is hidden as teachers may be unable to recognise and respond to young people’s well being needs. Young people may be viewed as resilient or as coping (Velleman and Templeton 2016), though there is a gap in the literature about their school experiences and school-based responses. This paper will examine how young people and their caregivers navigate and negotiate day-to-day life at school.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is an interpretivist study adopting a qualitative approach (Denzin & Lincoln 1998). Fourteen semi-structured home-based interviews were conducted with seven children and their seven mothers/ caregivers within six families with long term use of  opiates and other drugs. Three discussion groups were held with ten schoolteachers around their knowledge and experience of identifying and responding to children affected by parental drug use in a school setting.
Projective techniques which range in their purpose, including producing ‘data,’ facilitating discussion, and as a mechanism allowing children to manage the intense
research relationship were used in this study. Projective techniques and visual methods, included drawings, storyboards, and eco maps (Hartman 1978, McCormick et al 2008) were important in addressing power relations and agency with young people (Bagnoli 2009, Baumgartner and Buchanan 2010).
In considering the claims made from research with children and young people, Morrow (2008) suggests that using a number of methods including creative methods, such as those used in this study, can help to reduce biases.
The data was analysed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke 2006, Braun and Clarke 2019). Reflexivity is crucial to ensure research is ‘ethically mindful’ (Guillemin and Heggen 2009) and Graham et al (2015) suggest there is a multitude of ‘microethical’ moments that require ‘right here, right now’ responses. I shall give an example of these ‘moments’ during my fieldwork and examine the importance of reflexivity throughout the research process with young people and their caregivers. Limitations include the small sample size, though findings will be relevant for further study in this under-researched area.




Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this study, young people affected by parental drug use are managing long-term, highly complex living situations, a coalescence of problems. Young people and their mothers and caregivers experienced multiple, complex stigmas. The management of stigma by young people was central to interactions with school. The management of stigma was also pivotal to recognition of, and responses to, young people impacted by parental drug use. Most young people’s situations were not fully known to their teachers, and children and young people managed that hiddenness, including their caregiving responsibilities. This study demonstrates the tension between young people managing stigma through attempts to remain under the radar and the resultant struggle to have their needs seen and responded to in school. There is no ‘quick fix’ to resolve this tension. Recognition by schools of the ways in which children and their caregivers agentically manage day-to-day life, including self- exclusion from school, the importance of routine and structure and transitions is needed. This also involves addressing constraints on agency and recognition of the negotiations and resistances in day-to-day lives in and with school. The relational contexts of children and young people’s lives need to be understood alongside their motivation to safeguard and maintain their family life. This has implications for supporting regular school attendance where children and young people are caregiving, as well as for reframing discourses presenting young people and families as non-compliant, or deliberately misleading. Further, understanding agentic responses to complex stigma supports a strength-based approach to responding with, rather than to, families, in an approach that recognises structural inequities. Whole-school approaches are required to ensure that all young people receive safe, nurturing, compassionate responses in school that are rooted in understanding the voices and hidden experiences of young people in further developing support within and beyond the school walls.


References
Backett-Milburn, K., Wilson, S., Bancroft, A. and Cunningham-Burley, S. (2008) Challenging Childhoods: Young People’s Accounts of `Getting By’ in Families with Substance Use Problems Childhood 15 (4) 461-479.
Barnard, M. and Barlow, J. (2003) Discovering Parental Drug Dependence: Silence and Disclosure Children and Society 17 (1) 45–56.
Berg, L., Bäck, K., Vinnerljung, B. and Hjern, A. (2016) Parental Alcohol-Related Disorders and School Performance in 16-year-olds—A Swedish National Cohort Study Addiction 111 (10) 1795-1803.
Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2006) Using Thematic Analysis in Psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology 3 (2) 77-101
Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2019) Reflecting on Reflexive Thematic Analysis Qualitative Research in Sport Exercise and Health 11 (4) 589-597.
Bywaters, P., Brady, G., Sparks, T. and Bos, E. (2016) Child Welfare Inequalities: New Evidence, Further Questions Child, and Family Social Work 21 (3) 369– 380.
Cleaver, H., Unell, I. and Aldgate, J. (2011) Children’s Needs – Parenting Capacity. Child Abuse: Parental Mental Illness, Learning Disability, Substance Misuse and Domestic Violence (2nd edition). London: The Stationery Office.

European Monitoring Centre for Drugs and Drug Addiction (2010). Children’s Voices: Experiences and Perceptions of European Children on Drug and Alcohol issues available at http://www.emcdda.europa.eu/system/files/publications/618/TP_ChildrenVoices_206942.pdf
Giacomello, C. (2022) Children Whose Parents Use Drugs: Promising practices and recommendations Council of Europe available at https://rm.coe.int/2021-ppg-27-isbn-children-whose-parents-use-drugs-promising-practices-/1680a602ae
Kuppens S, Moore SC, Gross V, Lowthian E, Siddaway AP. (2020) The Enduring Effects of Parental Alcohol, Tobacco, and Drug Use on Child Well-being: A Multilevel Meta-Analysis. Dev Psychopathology 32 (2):765-778.
Lowthian, E. (2022) The Secondary Harms of Parental Substance Use on Children’s Educational Outcomes: A Review. Journal Child Adolescent Trauma 15, 511–522.
Sipler, E., Templeton, L. and Brewer, E. (2020) Steps to Cope: Supporting Young People Affected by Parental Substance Misuse and Mental Health Issues in Northern Ireland Advances in Mental Health 18 (3) 241-250.
O'Shay-Wallace, S. (2020) We Weren't Raised that Way: Using Stigma Management Communication Theory to Understand How Families Manage the Stigma of Substance Abuse. Health Communication 35 (4) 465-474.
Torvik, F., Rognmo, K., Ask, H., Røysamb, E. and Tambs, K. (2011) Parental Alcohol Use and Adolescent School Adjustment in the General Population: Results from The HUNT Study BMC Public Health 19 (11) 706.
Velleman, R. & Templeton, L. (2016) Impact of Parents Substance Misuse on Children: An Update BJPsych Advances 22:2 108–117.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm05 SES 07 A: Youth v Adversity
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Michael Jopling
Paper Session
 
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Youth In Changing Society: Persistences And Changes Among Young Adults In Switzerland Between 2010/11 And 2018/19

Stephan Gerhard Huber, Manuela Egger

Pädagogische Hochschule Zug, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Huber, Stephan Gerhard; Egger, Manuela

The adolescent phase is characterized in psychology as a period of strong upheaval due to the developmental tasks that adolescents face. At the same time, adolescents are confronted with strong social changes. These include, on the one hand, megatrends such as digitalization and climate change and, on the other, temporary and regional social upheavals and challenges special phases such as pandemics or wars.

It is of great social importance to focus on the group of young people, as they are the future adult generation that will strongly shape society. Education and support in the educational mission are important for the well-being of the individual as well as for society as a whole: On the one hand, young adults are equipped with competencies and resources such as resilience, which help them to shape their lives in a way that makes sense for them. On the other hand, young people are the social group and subsequent generation that are engaged in diverse sectors such as work, politics, society and contribute to overcoming social crises.

Thus, analyses of stability and change serve to generate both, findings for research, as well as indications and recommendations for action in practice. As different as the individuals are, an entire generation always shows some similarities due to current trends or societal, political and structural circumstances. Hence, with the Young Adult Survey Switzerland (YASS), we could monitor the trends of young Swiss adults of both genders on the central topics of education, work and occupation, health and sports, politics and civic responsibility, as well as on cross-cutting topics such as values and value orientations, and capabilities and life perspectives in 2010/11, 2014/15, and 2018/19. At ECER, we would like to present findings to the research questions:

1) In which of the recorded subject areas have the mean values remained stable between 2010/11 and 2018/19?

2) In which of the recorded subject areas have the mean values changed between 2010/11 and 2018/19?

We refer to different theoretical frameworks that characterize the relevant developmental aspects of adolescence, i.e. the constructs of Quality of Life (Jenney & Campbell, 1997), identity formation (Erikson, 1973; Mead, 1991), developmental tasks (Havighurst, 1948), capability approach (Sen, 1993), and Bronfenbrenner's bio-ecological model (1996).

The development of a human being in his different systems (micro-, meso-, exo-, macro- and chronosystem) depends on various influences, which are shown on the basis of the bio-ecological model after Bronfenbrenner (1996). According to Erikson (1973), identity formation is an essential part of development during adolescence. In his stage model, he defines stage V (12-20 years old) as an area of tension between identity and identity diffusion.

According to Havighurst (1948), the respective challenges that arise in the context of identity development in certain stages of life are referred to as developmental tasks. Recognizing, understanding and accepting them are prerequisites for mastering them (Hurrelmann & Quenzel, 2016).

In extension to purely resource-oriented approaches, the capability approach focuses on the realization opportunities (capabilities) that individuals perceive on the basis of available resources (Anand & Van Hees, 2006; Sen, 1993). In the capability approach, social inequality is not evaluated on the basis of available resources, but on what can be done with them. The term Quality of Life means what belongs to a good quality of life for the individual. According to Bradlyn et al. (1996), this includes social, physical and emotional functions, which must also be able to change congruently with the development of the individual or the context in which he or she finds himself or herself.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The core indicator project of the Federal Youth Survey ch-x, which was established in 2006 and has been called the Young Adult Survey Switzerland, or YASS for short, since 2015, aims to establish a longer-term monitoring of young Swiss adults of both genders on the cen-tral topics of education, work and occupation, health and sports, politics and civic responsi-bility, as well as on cross-cutting topics such as values and value orientations, and capabili-ties and life perspectives. So far, data have been collected at three points in time: 2010/11 (Huber, 2016), 2014/15 (Huber, 2019), and 2018/19 (Huber, 2022), with which trends and tendencies among 19-year-old Swiss people could be illuminated. In each case, the data were analyzed descriptively and in terms of their differences, similarities and correlations, as well as changes between the different points in time. For each cohort, about 33,000 young adult males and a supplementary sample of about 2,000 young adult females participated in the survey.
Compared to other youth studies in Switzerland, the following strengths and differences of YASS are particularly noteworthy:

First, unlike many other youth studies, YASS focuses exclusively on young adults aged 19 to 21. This allows for a profound analysis of the transition from adolescence to young adult-hood.

Second, the large sample allows for a desegregation of the statistical data down to very small units, which allows the analysis of even very small, specific groups of young adults in a reliable way, which is usually not possible in smaller samples. Thus, success in school ca-reers can be explained not only by individual but also by structural factors.

Third, YASS has the advantage of an almost full survey of young men and a representative sample of women because of the survey setting. The survey setting of ch-x of young men at the time of their recruitment allows all social class groups to be represented in the popula-tion according to their proportions, including groups with low education and income. The female sample is significantly smaller, but still large enough to analyze different groups among women.

Fourth, YASS allows the same data to be collected at repeated time points. To date, YASS has been conducted repeatedly at two-year intervals (2010/11, 2014/15, and 2018/19).

Fifth, the YASS data are analyzed in a multi-step process and by an interdisciplinary team: First by the disciplinary teams according to specific questions of their discipline, then inter-disciplinary according to overarching questions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analyses provided us with the following results:

1. Persistence / stability of mean scores:
- Health literacy
- value dimensions
- Value types
- Political interest
- Political participation

2. Change / Differences in mean scores:
- Political orientation
- Increase in psychological stress
- Change in lifestyle (smoking, alcohol, sports)

There was a stable mean score among health literacy, value dimensions value types, politi-cal interest and political participation. We saw, that the self-assessed health literacy was >90% and that 1/3 of the young adults had trouble understanding instruction leaflets or in-formation brochures. Regarding the value dimensions, it could be shown that private harmo-ny and independence still have the highest relevance for young adults. Moreover, there is the gender tendency of young women prioritizing idealistic values and young men prioritizing materialistic values. Political interest was shown among about the half of the sample (2010/11: 44%, 2014/15: 46%, 2018/19: 45%) and the political participation lies in all three points of time at 64%.
A change can be seen in the political orientation, i.e. towards a left-wing oriented political opinion. Regarding their lifestyles, we can see that the psychological stress increased from 11% (2014/15) to 19% (2018/19). Negative thoughts could be seen among 16% of young women in 2010/11 and among 24% of them in 2018/19. Furthermore, there are changes in the lifestyles, i.e. that less people smoke (2010/11: 25%, 2018/19: 17%), but more people excessively consume alcohol (2010/11: 10%, 2018/19: 17%) and less people do sports (2010/11: 84%, 2018/19: 74%). What we can also see is that there is a strong relationship between education and life satisfaction: Young adults without education are less satisfied than young adults with post-compulsory education.

References
Anand, P., & Van Hees, M. (2006). Capabilities and achievments: An empirical study. The Journal of Socio-Economics, 35(2), 268–284.
Bradlyn, A., Ritchey, A. K., Harris, C. V., Moore, I. M., O’Brien, R. T., Parsons, S. K., Pat-terson, K., & Pollock, B. H. (1996). Quality of life rsarch in pediatric oncology: Research methods and barriers. Cancer: Interdisciplinary International Journal of th American Can-cer Society, 78(6), 1333–1339.
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1996). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press.
Erikson, E. (1973). Identität und Lebenszyklus. Suhrkamp.
Havighurst, R. J. (1948). Developmental tasks and education. University of Chicago Press.
Huber, S. G. (Hrsg.). (2016). Young Adult Survey Switzerland. Junge Erwachsene heute. Band 1. BBL / OFCL / UFCL.
Huber, S. G. (Hrsg.). (2019). Young Adult Survey Switzerland. Junge Erwachsene heute. Band 2. BBL.
Huber, S. G. (Hrsg.). (2022). Young Adult Survey Switzerland. Junge Erwachsene heute. Band 3. BBL / OFCL / UFCL.
Hurrelmann, K., & Quenzel, G. (2016). Lebensphase Jugend. Eine Einführung in die sozial-wissenschaftliche Jugendforschung (13. Aufl.). Beltz Juventa.
Jenney, M. E., & Campbell, S. (1997). Measuring quality of life. Archives of disease in childhood, 77(4), 347–350.
Lussi, I., Gassmann, Y., & Huber, S. G. (2019). Sprachregionale und geschlechterspezifische Unterschiede in den Werten. In S. G. Huber (Hrsg.), Young Adult Survey Switzerland (Bd. 2, S. 106–111). BBL / OFCL / UFCL.
Lussi, I., Huber, S. G., & Ender, S. (2019). Wie die Bildungswege junger Erwachsener ihre Zufriedenheit beeinflussen. In S. G. Huber (Hrsg.), Young Adult Survey Switerzland (Bd. 2, S. 20–24). BBL / OFCL / UFCL.
Mead, H. (1991). Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviourismus. Suhrkamp.
Sen, A. (1993). „Capability and well-being“. In M. Nussbaum & A. Sen (Hrsg.), The Quality of Life. Clarendon Press.


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Caring Encounters – applying Nel Noddings’ ethics of care within an afterschool program

Anna Ambrose

Södertörns högskola, Sweden

Presenting Author: Ambrose, Anna

Abstract

Previous research on first-generation students and social mobility has primarily been concentrated on trajectories and how different resources (specifically economic, social and cultural capital) can be significant for a student’s willingness to pursue higher studies (see for example Anders & Micklewright, 2015; Bathmaker et al., 2016; Behtoui, 2017; Coertjens, Brahm, Trautwein, & Lindblom- Ylanne, 2017; Ivermark & Ambrose, 2021; Reay, David, & Ball, 2001; Siraj & Mayo, 2015). Furthermore, qualitative research has also primarily investigated how students adapt to university life and how they perceive social mobility while studying (see for example Bathmaker et al., 2016; Granfield, 1991; Lee & Kramer, 2013; Lehmann, 2013; Reay, Crozier, & Clayton, 2009). There has not to my knowledge been any investigation of how to engage and encourage first-generation students early in life to aim for higher studies, even though encouraging underrepresented groups to apply for university has been a long-standing political goal in many Western countries. For example, since the early 2000s, all Swedish universities are obligated under the Swedish Higher Education Act (SFS, 1992:1434 chap. 1 5§) to work actively to increase access to higher education among underrepresented groups, most often first-generation students. As a result, several Swedish universities have widening participation programs directed at students who are unlikely to pursue higher studies. One such program is the studied afterschool program, directed at students attending middle school (ages 13-16). Within the program, university students, henceforth referred to as student ambassadors, attend middle schools in the afternoons to help with schoolwork and to talk about university studies. These afternoons are voluntary for the middle-school students, and analysis shows that participants have a wide range of reasons to attend. Participation has been seen to increase students’ motivation for doing schoolwork and at times even for continuing to university. This article will, through microanalysis of everyday practices, try to unfold possible reasons for this increase in motivation.

The starting point is that schooling today has a multifold purpose: it is not only a place to get the right qualifications, but also somewhere students can express their dreams and thoughts about a possible future. One way of discussing this multifold purpose is through the lens of American educational philosopher Nel Noddings’ and her ethics of care (Noddings, 2005, 2012, 2013). Through dialogue, listening and caring, student ambassadors can create a safe space for learning, and the analysis shows that caring encounters can inspire students to pursue their dreams. The results therefore suggest that caring encounters can be an important factor for awakening dreams among young students, dreams that can include higher education.

The data is based on interviews and fieldwork, and is drawn from a larger mixed-method research project focusing on access to higher education, trajectories and widening participation. All data was gathered between 2018 and 2020; further detail on data collection is provided in the methodological section.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Method:
Data emanates from a two-year mixed-method research project where widening participation and trajectories to higher education were studied using both qualitative and quantitative methods. In this article, qualitative data is used and the analysis emanates from interviews and fieldwork in schools placed in socioeconomically strained areas where most parents do not have tertiary educations. During the fieldwork, pedagogical and social processes within the program were observed, deepening knowledge of the practice of the afterschool program (Hammersley & Atkinson, 2007). In total sixty in-depth interviews were conducted with students (12), teachers (26), student ambassadors (14) and staff members from university (8) and the overall purpose was to gain an understanding of how a wider-participation program can motivate students to pursue higher education.The students interviewed were both current and former students and each interview lasted around an hour. Eight of the twelve students had parents who had not attended any higher education, while the remaining four had parents who had studied at university outside Sweden.
As a complement to the in-depth interviews, focus-group interviews were conducted: 42 students (20 girls and 22 boys, age 15) took part, where the joint reflections deepened the knowledge about the impact of the afterschool program (Kitzinger, 1995). Each focus-group interview lasted approximately 30 minutes. It is important to point out that the format of focus groups makes it inappropriate to ask about parental background and migration experiences; it is therefore not possible to know any explicit details about family background, but 15 of the 42 students mentioned having a family member that had studied at university, most often an older sibling. All interviews have been recorded and transcribed, with field notes and interviews analyzed thematically using NVivo in several steps to elucidate, interpret and understand what a caring encounter can be. The study follows the ethical recommendations of the Swedish Ethical Board and has received ethical approval.  
Within the project, the aim was to understand the importance of a widening participation program and what might lead to underrepresented groups applying for university. In this article, the analyses are concentrated on microanalyzing the importance of encounters with student ambassadors, and other adults, predominantly teachers who listen, see and encourage dreams. The analysis of encounters provides important understanding of how students can be supported within an educational setting, understanding that is hard to gain in other ways (Aspers, 2011; Willis & Trondman, 2000)

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Conclusions
The article focuses on analyzing aspects of a caring encounter – how a meeting between significant other and a young student can provide opportunities for unfolding dreams and desires. The main finding is that the afterschool program can be a valuable extra resource beyond its primary mission of widening participation. Furthermore, the results shows that an ethic of care theory provides valuable insights for a broader understanding of education: as well as giving students the right qualifications, the afterschool program also needs to be relational, where the educator (or student ambassador) is both a mentor and a person who allows the students to express their dreams and wishes. The results show that educators need to give students a sensitive level of support, responding with an ethic of care where both the carer and the cared-for are involved. A general conclusion can be drawn from the analyses, that educational relationships need to be built on trust, engagement and continuity; and that schools of today need to combine learning goals with a quest for caring where the educators are student-focused, communicative, active and engaged. With this broader perspective, support programs like the studied one here can be a safe place for students to develop. For such programs to succeed, however, educators need to understand the interrelated aspects of learning and relations, as well as recognizing that establishing, building and nourishing relationships are all important forms of education. Programs that work with widening participation are more likely to succeed when they work through the prism of an ethic of care.

References
Anders, J., & Micklewright, J. (2015). Teenagers’ Expectations of Applying to University: How do they Change? Education Sciences, 5(4), 281-315.
Aspers, P. (2011). Etnografiska metoder (Vol. 2:a upplagan). Malmö: Liber.
Bathmaker, A.-M., Ingram, N., Abrahams, J., Hoare, A., Waller, R., & Bradley, H. (2016). Higher Education, Social Class and Social Mobility. The Degree Generation. London: Palgrave Macmillan.
Behtoui, A. (2017). Social capital and the educational expectations of young people. European Educational Research Journal, 9, 487-503.
Coertjens, L., Brahm, T., Trautwein, C., & Lindblom- Ylanne, S. (2017). Students’ transition into higher education from an international perspective. Higher Education 73(3), 357-369. doi:https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-016-0092-y
Coffey, A. (1999). The Ethnographic Self: Fieldwork and the Representation of Identity. Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications.
Emerson, R. M., Fretz, R. I., & Shaw, L. L. (2011). Writing Ethnographic Fieldnotes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Granfield, R. (1991). Making It by Faking It: Working-Class Students in an Elite Academic Environment. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 20(3), 331-351.
Hammersley, M., & Atkinson, P. (2007). Ethnography: Principles and practice. London: Routledge.
Ivermark, B., & Ambrose, A. (2021). Habitus Adaptation and First-Generation University Students’ Adjustment to Higher Education: A Life Course Perspective. Sociology of Education, 94(3), 190-207. doi:https://doi.org/10.1177/00380407211017060
Kitzinger, J. (1995). Qualitative Research: Introducing Focus Groups. BMJ (Clinical research ed.), 311, 299-302. doi:10.1136/bmj.311.7000.299
Kvale, S., & Brinkman, S. (2014). Den kvalitativa forskningsintervjun. Lund: Studentlitteratur.
Lee, E. M., & Kramer, R. (2013). "Out with the Old, In with the New? Habitus and Social Mobility at Selective Colleges’". Sociology of Education, 86(1), 18-35.
Lehmann, W. (2013). Habitus Transformation and Hidden Injuries: Successful Working-Class University Students. Sociology of Education, 87(1), 1-15.
Noddings, N. (2005). The Challenge to Care in Schools (Vol. 2). New York: Teachers College Pres.
Noddings, N. (2012). The caring relations in teaching. Oxford Review of Education, 38(6), 771-781.
Noddings, N. (2013). Caring. A Relational Approach to Ethics and Moral Education (Vol. 2). California: University of California Press.
Reay, D., Crozier, J., & Clayton, J. (2009). Strangers in Paradise’?: Working-class Students in Elite Universities. Sociology 43(6), 1103-1121.
Reay, D., David, M., & Ball, S. J. (2001). Making a difference? Institutional habitus in educational research. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 25(4), 432-444.
Högskolelag. Utbildningsdepartementet,  (1992:1434).
Siraj, I., & Mayo, A. (2015). Social Class and Educational Inequality: The Ímpact of Parents and Schools. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Willis, P., & Trondman, M. (2000). Manifesto for ethnography. Etnography, 1, 1-26.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm05 SES 08 A: Metrics and Equity
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Dolf Van Veen
Paper Session
 
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

School Socioeconomic Segregation: Results from Seven Cycles of PISA

Andrejs Geske, Rita Kiselova, Olga Pole

University of Latvia, Latvia

Presenting Author: Geske, Andrejs

Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA), as well as the results from International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA) studies show that, with variations, students’ achievement are related with socio-economic status (SES). According to OECD PISA, student achievements are more affected by schools SES, than their family’s SES, therefore, differences between schools, i.e. segregation according to the socio-economic status (SES) of students' families, is an important aspect, which greatly affects student achievement as well as the overall quality of education.

Historically quality is associated with industry when an industrially made product had to meet certain quality standards (Scherman & Bosker, 2017). In education the concept of “quality” is more complicated than just meeting the fixed quality standards, as education quality depends on the needs of an always-changing society and processes that are closely related to this change, therefore measuring the quality of education can be quite challenging (Kirsch & Braun, 2020). Quality of education includes a variety of indicators at various levels (Sulis et al., 2020). This study is focusing on education quality by evaluating equity in education.

In the last decades equity in education has been in the spotlight of educational research for many counties as the successful education system, that provides equal educational opportunities to all members of society is the basis of a society with high human capital potential. Equity means, that there is a low association between student achievement and their socioeconomic backgrounds (Sulis et al., 2020; European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2020; Frønes et al., 2020). Equal educational opportunities is the basis of a successful education system. That, in turn, provides a highly qualified workforce, contributing to the country's economic and social well-being (Hanushek & Kimko, 2000).

This study aims to evaluate schools socio-economic segregation and its changes in the previous two decades, using the data obtained from 7 cycles of OECD PISA (2000 – 2018).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this study, data from eight European Union (EU) countries bordering the Baltic Sea (i.e. Latvia, Estonia, Lithuania, Denmark, Sweden, Finland, Poland, and Germany) was analyzed. Index of economic, social and cultural status (ESCS) was used as measure of SES. In each country, students in the highest 10% of SES of their families (i.e. high SES group) and the lowest 10% of SES of their families (i.e. low SES group) were examined. These two groups accordingly had the highest and the lowest achievements in student tests in each country.

For school segregation assessment a various indices can be used – e.g., Dissimilarity Index (DI), Isolation Index, Diversity Index, and Segregation Index. Each of them has a slightly different interpretation, but the inter-correlation between them is relatively high (Martínez-Garrido, Siddiqui & Gorard, 2020). Segregation indices measure the extent to which the actual distribution of a group of students across schools differs from the random distribution of the same group of students across different schools. The most common measure of segregation, DI, was used in this study. DI examines two student groups and compares their proportions. Current study examines two different cases – (1) one group allocates students from low SES families and the other group allocates all other students;  (2) one group allocates students from high SES families and the other group - all other students.  In both cases, the calculation procedures remain the same with a difference in data. In each country 10% groups with the highest and lowest students family SES levels were used. Students from these two groups accordingly have the highest and the lowest achievement levels in student tests (Geske et al., 2015). If the number of one SES group in each school is proportional to the number of this group SES students in the country, then the dissimilarity index will be D = 0. The index will be at its peak if this SES group only attend schools with no other students.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The main research findings for this study were: (1) The lowest school segregation can be observed in Finland and Sweden, however, later on a slight increase in segregation can be observed in Sweden. This could be explained by the school reforms and the introduction of education voucher system that started in the 1990s. (2) The highest segregation indices are in Germany, which, in turn, can be explained by the early division of students according to their achievement. (3) Segregation of schools in Latvia can be rated as average, possibly with a slight tendency to increase. (4) The data analysis show no significant decrease in segregation in the previous two decades, which would promote equal educational opportunities. This coincides with a study carried out in Great Britain from 2000 till 2015. (5) In large schools, with comparison to the low SES group, segregation is significantly lower for the high SES group. (6) There is a relatively high segregation of schools in the high SES group in villages (i.e. in the countryside) in Latvia, Lithuania, Poland and Estonia. This can be explained by the differences in socio-economic distribution between rural and urban areas - in rural areas there are fewer students with high SES, in urban areas - with low SES.

The causes of school segregation might be explained as – (1) high SES students' reluctance to (or parents' preference not to) attend small rural schools, (2) exclusion (e.g. through entrance exams) of low SES students from some schools in large cities.

References
European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice (2020). Equity in school education in Europe: Structures, policies and student performance. Eurydice report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. (pp.334)
Geske, A., Grīnfelds, A., Kangro, A., Kiseļova, R., Mihno, L. (2015). Quality of Education: International Comparison. Latvia in OECD Programme for International Student Assessment. Edited by Andris Kangro. Riga: University of Latvia.
Hanushek, E. A., & Kimko, D. D. (2000). Schooling, labor-force quality, and the growth of nations. American Economic Review, 90(5), 1184-1208. https://doi.org/10.1257/aer.90.5.1184
Kirsch, I., & Braun, H. (2020). Changing times, changing needs: enhancing the utility of international large-scale assessments. Large-scale Assess Educ 8, 10  https://doi.org/10.1186/s40536-020-00088-9
Martínez-Garrido, C., Siddiqui, N., Gorard, S. (2020). Longitudinal Study of Socioeconomic Segregation Between Schools in the UK. Estudio Longitudinal de la Segregación Escolar por Nivel Socioeconómico en Reino Unido. REICE. Revista Iberoamericana sobre Calidad, Eficacia y Cambio en Educación, 18(4), 123-141. https://doi.org/10.15366/reice2020.18.4.005
Scherman, V., Bosker, R. J., & Howie, S. J. (2017). Monitoring the Quality of Education in Schools, Examples of Feedback into Systems from Developed and Emerging Economies. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers. ISBN 9789463004534
Sulis, I., Giambona, F., & Porcu, M. (2020). Adjusted indicators of quality and equity for monitoring the education systems over time. Insights on EU15 countries from PISA surveys. Socio-Economic Planning Sciences, 69, 100714. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.seps.2019.05.005


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Tracking in Context: Variation in the Effects of Reforms in the Age at Tracking on Educational Mobility

Michael Grätz1, Marieke Heers1,2

1University of Lausanne; 2FORS

Presenting Author: Heers, Marieke

Educational systems have effects on the intergenerational transmission of education (Breen and Jonsson 2005; van de Werfhorst and Mijs 2010). In particular, previous research has identified one central institutional factor as influencing the intergenerational transmission of educational advantage: between-school tracking, which increases educational inequalities (e.g., Canaan 2020). The extent to which tracking impacts educational inequalities depends on the age at between-school tracking (Brunello and Checchi 2007; Hanushek and Wößmann 2006; Pfeffer 2008). A later age at tracking in an education system reduces educational inequalities and increases intergenerational educational mobility (van de Werfhorst and Mijs 2010).

The most convincing empirical evidence in favor of causal effects of age at (first) tracking on intergenerational educational mobility comes from research estimating the effects of educational reforms in the age at tracking (e.g., van de Werfhorst 2018, 2019). This literature has implicitly assumed that the effects of such reforms do not vary across contexts. However, there are theoretical reasons to expect heterogeneity in the effects of reforms in the age at tracking on the intergenerational transmission of education by context.

In this study, we develop two expectations of such variation. First, the effects of the reforms may vary with the size of the change in the age at tracking. There may be reforms in the age at tracking, which are too incremental, to increase educational mobility. Contrary to this expectation, previous research has treated all countries which track students at an age younger than 15 as early tracking countries (e.g., Hanushek and Wößmann 2006; Scheeren 2022), and thereby ignored the considerable variation in terms of the size in the change of the age at educational selection within this group. It seems, however, at least theoretically possible that reforms in the age at tracking could increase educational mobility more if they shift the age at tracking by more than by less years.

Second, the effects of reforms in the age at tracking on educational mobility may be stronger in countries with stronger egalitarian values. In a climate of more egalitarian societal values there might be more possibilities for reforms to translate into actual outcomes for students and the intended equalizing effects of the reforms might more easily materialize in positive outcomes for students, especially for those from parents with lower levels of education. This hypothesis has been expressed by earlier research (van de Werfhorst 2018:32) but it has not been empirically tested.

The present study tests whether the effects of reforms in the age at tracking on educational mobility vary across countries. There are two kinds of previous studies on the consequences of tracking, neither of them allows us to answer this question. On the one hand, previous research has investigated the effects of reforms in tracking age in single country studies (e.g., Canaan 2020 on France and Dronkers 1993 on the Netherlands). These studies point towards positive implications of increasing the age at tracking and educational attainment (Canaan 2002; Dronkers 1993; Wielemans 1991). Variation in results across different studies can, however, be based on differences in the research design and the operationalization of variables. Yet, it is plausible that these differences are due to contextual differences. On the other hand, previous comparative research has analyzed multiple countries in difference-in-difference designs and therefore, by design, excluded the possibility of cross-country variation in the effects of reforms on educational mobility (Brunello and Checchi 2007; Hanushek and Wößmann 2006; van de Werfhorst 2018, 2019; Scheeren 2022).

In addition, we analyze gender differences in these effects. The investigation of gender differences is motivated by the inconclusive findings from previous studies.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We use data from the European Social Survey (ESS) and the Survey of Health, Ageing and Retirement in Europe (SHARE). We use both data sources to increase the sample sizes. This is needed to improve the precision of our estimates. Whilst the ESS provides a sample which is representative for the adult population in each country, SHARE is representative of the population aged 50 years and older as well as their partners. Both data sets cover the countries with reforms included in our analysis and the cohorts that have been affected by the reforms. We use data from all waves of the survey data sets, which were available at the time of writing. This means we used waves 1 to 10 (2002–2020) from the ESS data and waves 1 to 8 (2004–2017) from SHARE. SHARE is a panel data set. However, on each respondent we only use the information once, and we always use the most recent information to measure educational attainment.
We analyze the effects of reforms in age at tracking on educational mobility using a regression discontinuity design (RDD). We estimate OLS and linear probability regression models (LPMs).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
There are good theoretical reasons to believe that the effects of the reforms may vary across contexts. Yet, our results are in line with the implicit expectation of prior studies, which assume no cross-country variation in the effects of reforms in the age at tracking on educational mobility than with both our hypotheses. Neither the size of the increase in the age at tracking (hypothesis 1), nor the extent to which there are egalitarian values are prevailing in a society (hypothesis 2) impact the effect of an age increase in tracking on educational mobility. In fact, it is quite astonishing how robust the positive effects of reforms in the age at tracking are for fostering educational mobility. In all five countries, the reforms have clearly improved the educational attainment of children with low educated parents more than for children with medium and highly educated parents. Hence, the reforms have contributed to reducing educational inequalities.
There are heterogeneities in the results across the three outcome variables. With respect to years of education there is an overall reduction in educational inequalities. The results for the other two dependent variables, upper-secondary education completion, and even more so higher education completion reveal fewer impacts of the reforms. This shows that the effects of the reforms are found rather at the lower than at the higher end of educational attainment, which are also the levels of education directly affected by the reforms. Finally, in most countries quite clearly the reforms in age at tracking have only affected the completion of upper secondary but not the completion of post-secondary education. This implies that there are no positive spillover effects of changing the age at tracking for tertiary education. In addition, our results with respect to gender are not in line with our theoretical expectations.

References
Allmendinger, Jutta. 1989. “Educational Systems and Labor Market Outcomes.” European Sociological Review 5:231–50.
Bol, Thijs, and Herman G. van de Werfhorst. 2013. “Educational Systems and the Trade-Off between Labor Market Allocation and Equality of Educational Opportunity.” Comparative Education Review 57:285–308.
Cunha, Flavio, and Heckman, James. 2007. “The Technology of Skill Formation.” American Economic Review 97:31–47.
Brunello, Giorgio, and Daniele Checchi. 2007. “Does School Tracking Affect Equality of Opportunity? New International Evidence.” Economic Policy 22:781–861.
d’Hombres, Beatrice, Francesca Borgonovi, and Bryony Hoskins. 2010. “Voter Turnout, Information Acquisition and Education: Evidence from 15 European Countries.” The BE Journal of Economic Analysis & Policy 10:1–34.
DiPrete, Thomas A. and Buchmann, Claudia. 2013. The Rise of Women: The Growing Gender Gap in Education and What It Means for American Schools. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.
Grätz, Michael. 2021. “Does Increasing the Minimum School-Leaving Age Affect the Intergenerational Transmission of Education? Evidence from Four European Countries.” European Sociological Review, DOI: 10.1093/esr/jcab065.
Meghir, Costas, and Mårten Palme. 2005. “Educational Reform, Ability, and Family Background.” American Economic Review 95:414–24.
Sammons, Pamela. 1995. “Gender, Ethnic and Socio‐Economic Differences in Attainment and Progress: A Longitudinal Analysis of Student Achievement over 9 years.” British Educational Research Journal 21:465–85.
Scheeren, Lotte. 2022. “The Differential Impact of Educational Tracking on SES Gaps in Educational Achievement for Boys and Girls.” European Sociological Review, DOI:10.1093/esr/jcac012.
Shavit, Yossi and Westerbeek, Karin. 1998. “Reforms, Expansion, and Equality of Opportunity.” European Sociological Review 14:33–47.
Sørensen, Aage B. 1970. “Organizational Differentiation of Students and Educational Opportunity.” Sociology of Education 43:355–76.
Österman, Marcus. 2021. “Can We Trust Education for Fostering Trust? Quasi-Experimental Evidence on the Effect of Education and Tracking on Social Trust.” Social Indicators Research 154:211–33.
van de Werfhorst, Herman G. 2018. “Early Tracking and Socioeconomic Inequality in Academic Achievement: Studying Reforms in Nine Countries.” Research in Social Stratification and Mobility 58:22–32.
van de Werfhorst, Herman G. 2019. “Early Tracking and Educational Social Inequality in Educational Attainment: Educational Reforms in 21 Countries.” American Journal of Education 126:65–99.
van de Werfhorst, Herman G., and Jonathan J. B. Mijs. 2010. “Achievement Inequality and the Institutional Structure of Educational Systems: A Comparative Perspective.” Annual Review of Sociology 36:407–28.


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Effects of ability grouping on equity – Evidence from the Czech Republic

Jana Strakova, Jaroslava Simonova

Charles University in Prag, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Strakova, Jana

The Czech education system is characterised by early tracking. It tracks students officially at the age of 11, when about 10 % of students transit to so-called multi-year grammar schools. There are, however, also different forms of hidden tracking – specialised classes that often track children from the first grade of primary school. Most often these are classes with extended English teaching or bilingual classes. In some of these classes parents pay extra fees, even though they are part of the public system. There is a lot of evidence that both the multi-year grammar schools and specialised classes are primarily tools of social selection that enable educated and financially well-off parents to secure superior educational opportunities for their children in the public education system. Tracking is, however, supported not only by these parents, but also by many teachers, as they believe that in a more homogeneous environment they are able to provide better services to all students. In an attempt to meet the needs of these parents and teachers and at the same time to respond to criticism that tracking contributes to the deepening of educational inequalities, many schools are now starting to sort and group children according to their performance for the main subjects within the grades. The aim of the research presented in this paper is to investigate this type of ability grouping in Czech schools.

From research carried out mainly in Anglo-Saxon countries (e.g. Gamoran & Mare, 1989; Gamoran, 1992; Kerckhoff, 1986; Slavin, 1990; Hanushek & Woessman, 2005) there is ample evidence that tracking based on the cognitive abilities of pupils does not improve overall educational results, but increases the differences between pupils from higher and lower tracks. Pupils in higher tracks achieve better results than they would achieve in a comprehensive system and pupils in lower tracks the opposite. Research studies further show that the distribution into tracks is not fair: parents who care about their children’s education are able to ensure elective studies for their children even in a situation where they would not be accepted for these on the basis of their achievement. Research also shows that in higher tracks pupils have better conditions for education: better equipment, better teachers, and a more favourable learning climate. All this increases the injustice of differentiated systems (Gamoran & Nystrand, 1991; Oakes, 2005).

Studies comparing tracking, in which pupils are divided in some phase of their studies and continue to study permanently in differentiated classes, and ability grouping, where pupils are divided according to ability only into the main subjects across grades and spend the rest of their school time in heterogeneous classes, agree that the latter has a lower impact on inequality. Some studies report that ability grouping increases the average achievement, i.e. it is beneficial for students in all groups (e.g. Slavin 1987, Steenbergen-Hu et al., 2016). However, most studies agree that pupils in the low-ability group achieve worse results than they would in a heterogeneous setting because having high-achieving classmates is associated with increased achievement (Ireson et al., 2005; Francis et al., 2017; Saleh et al., 2005; Scholfield, 2010) and that the students in lower groups develop a lower self-concept (Ireson & Hallam, 2009).

The goal of this research is to contribute to knowledge about the implementation of ability grouping with evidence from Czech schools. The study seeks answers to the following research questions: To what extent do the quality of teaching, the curriculum presented, the demands placed on pupils, and the learning climate differ in individual groups? Are the differences between groups or subjects consistent or do they differ between schools/subjects?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research design was a multi-case study of five basic schools (basic schools include five years of primary and four years of lower secondary education) which apply ability grouping in at least two main subjects. The research took place in a city school in the capital city with 600 pupils, a suburban school on the outskirts of the capital with 780 pupils, a satellite school in a small town within driving distance of the capital with 870 pupils, a rural school in a relatively poor region in the western part of the country with 170 pupils, and a small town school with 450 pupils in a rich region in the eastern part of the country.
The research focused on the sixth or seventh grade, depending on the grade in which ability grouping occurred. Ability grouping took place in English, Czech, and mathematics, while some schools differentiated only in mathematics and English.
School documents (including the school’s curriculum, timetables, and information on intra-group transfers) and test results from tests administered by a private agency that offers feedback testing to schools were analysed. Furthermore, in-depth interviews were conducted with the school management, with teachers teaching in ability groups, and with three to five representatives of pupils from individual groups. In schools, lessons of the main subjects were videorecorded, with three consecutive lessons in each group being recorded, with all the groups recording at the same time (within two weeks).
The interviews were recorded, transcribed, and coded in the MAXQDA software using open coding. The recordings of lessons were coded using the International Comparative Analysis of Learning and Teaching (ICALT) observation instrument, which was enriched with an additional set of subject-specific codes. Coding was performed by two or three independent coders, who then unified their evaluations. The coder agreement for individual lessons was 85-95 percent.
The data was analysed within individual cases, followed by a cross-case analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
At the time of the submission of the abstract, only preliminary analyses were available. The schools that were monitored made great efforts to eliminate the negative consequences of ability grouping. They consistently ensured the achievement of the same educational goals in all groups and tried to achieve fair grading so that pupils’ grades were not affected by belonging to any of the groups. The groups were consistently labelled in such a way that the label did not evoke a higher value for any of the groups. Great attention was also paid to the division into groups in such a way as to best correspond to the results and potential of the pupils. The majority of the pupils and teachers perceived ability grouping positively.
However, it turns out that factors other than the students’ cognitive results still play a role in the assignment of pupils to groups, e.g. parents’ attempts to place pupils in a less advanced group so that they have better grades on their report cards, which will subsequently help them when transferring to secondary school; failure in the placement test; the wish of the pupils to stay in the same group as their friends. Transfers between groups are possible but occur exceptionally.
The analyses of the lessons showed that there are great differences between individual groups in terms of demands, methods, and forms of teaching. From this evidence it is clear that a child’s placement has a huge impact on their learning experience.


References
Francis, B., Archer, L., Hodgen, J., Pepper, D., Taylor, B., & Travers, M.-C. 2017. Exploring the relative lack of impact of research on ‘ability grouping’ in England: a discourse analytic account. Cambridge Journal of Education, 47 (1), 1-17.
Gamoran, A. 1992. Synthesis of Research/Is Ability Grouping Equitable? Educational Leadership, 50 (2), 11-17.
Gamoran, A., & Nystrand, M. 1991. Background and Instructional Effects on Achievement
in Eighth-Grade English and Social Studies. Journal of Research on Adolescence 1 (3),
277-300.
Gamoran, A., & Mare, D. R. 1989. Secondary School Tracking and Educational Inequality: Compensation, Reinforcement, or Neutrality? The American Journal of Sociology 94 (5), 1146-1183.
Hanushek, E. A., & Woessman, L. 2005. Does Educational Tracking Affect Performance and Inequality? Differences-in-Differences Evidence across Countries. Ifo Working Paper No. 1
Ireson, J., Hallam, S., & Hurley, C. 2005. What are the effects of ability grouping on GCSE attainment? British Educational Research Journal, 31 (4), 443-458.
Ireson, J., & Hallam, S. 2009. Academic self-concepts in adolescence: Relations with achievement and ability grouping in schools. Learning and Instruction, 19 (3), 201-213.
Kerckhoff, A. C. 1986. Effect of Ability Grouping in British Secondary Schools. American Sociological Review 51, 842-858.
Oakes, J. 2005. Keeping Track: How Schools Structure Inequality (2nd ed.). New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
Saleh, M., Lazonder, A., & De Jong, T. 2005. Effects of within-class ability grouping on social interaction, achievement, and motivation. Instructional Science, 3 (2), 105-119.
Schofield, J. W. 2010. International evidence on ability grouping with curriculum differentiation and the achievement gap in secondary schools. Teachers College Record, 112 (5), 1492-1528.
Slavin, R. E. 1990. Achievement Effects of Ability Grouping in Secondary Schools: A Best-Evidence Synthesis. Review of Educational Research 60 (3), 471-499.
Steenbergen-Hu, S., Makel, M.C., & Olszewski-Kubilius, P. 2016. What One Hundred Years of Research Says About the Effects of Ability Grouping and Acceleration on K–12 Students’ Academic Achievement: Findings of Two Second-Order Meta-Analyses Review of Educational Research, 86 (4), 849-899.
 
Date: Thursday, 24/Aug/2023
9:00am - 10:30am05 SES 09 A: Marginalised Young People in Marginal Settings
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Erna Nairz
Paper Session
 
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Future Orientation among at-risk youth in Educational Boarding Schools

Avihu Shoshana1, Alin Frantsman-Spector2

1University of Haifa, Israel; 2University of Haifa, Israel

Presenting Author: Shoshana, Avihu; Frantsman-Spector, Alin

The rate of out-of-home placement in Israel for residential care settings (and not for foster families) is among the highest in the world (Kosher et al., 2018). Most of the children and youth who experience out-of-home placement, referred to as “at-risk youth,” are usually from low socioeconomic status (SES) families. These young people are referred to therapeutic or educational boarding schools. Therapeutic boarding schools (termed “residential care” in English-speaking countries) are offered to high-risk children (e.g., those suffering from neglect and abuse). The educational boarding schools (also known as “youth villages” in Israel) are offered to low SES youth who are characterized by living under “other risk,” that is, “problematic” living conditions (poverty, social marginalization, and geographical periphery) that may impair their life prospects. At-risk youth who are educated in therapeutic and educational boarding schools, therefore, experience a myriad of exclusions and structural vulnerabilities. Moreover, as a consequence of their out-of-home placement and removal from their biological families, these young people experience external intervention in their self-concept (Schutz & Luckmann, 1974). Removing a child from his or her home also means loss of attachment figures or “ambiguous loss” (Boss, 1999). Ambiguous loss describes situations and events in which the loss is unclear or unresolved. This loss, in turn, has been found in several studies to be related to stress and anxiety. This distress “can manifest in problematic behaviors, such as aggression, delinquency, and depression” (McWey et al., 2010, p. 1339). Studies also show that at-risk youth experiencing out-of-home placement are more likely to adopt risk behaviors as well as have psychological difficulties (Sulimani-Aidan, 2015). It is against this background that phenomenological examinations of the daily lives of at-risk youth are particularly important.

This article presents an interpretative examination of the future orientation of 28 boys and girls who attend educational boarding schools in Israel, and who had been removed from their families as a consequence of their families’ extreme poverty and not due to other possible risk factors (e.g., sexual abuse, drug-addicted parents, immigration). We propose to dissociate from the elasticity (Lubeck & Garrett, 1990) that characterizes the umbrella concept of risk, which comprises many risk factors without discerning among them. The empirical examination of future orientation of a specific population of at-risk youth––i.e., educational boarding school students––is important in light of the characteristics of this disadvantaged population living under multiple social exclusions.

Thus the primary research question of the current study is what characterizes future orientation among educational boarding school students in Israel who experience multiple social exclusions. An empirical response to this question may contribute to several fields of knowledge: the study of future orientation among youth living under social exclusion and experiencing structural vulnerability; the study of culture, inequality, and future orientation; the long-term effects of out-of-home placement; the study of the linkage between SES and self-concept, or what Reay (2005) called, “the psychic landscape of social class.”


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The current study included 28 youths who were enrolled at various educational boarding schools throughout Israel. Participants were of high school age (16-18) and had been removed from their home against the background of their family’s extreme poverty. All the youths' families are described by the educational and therapeutic staff at the boarding school as living below the poverty line in Israel. All the families also reside in localities that the Central Bureau of Statistics in Israel describes as localities of low socioeconomic class. Moreover, the interviewees reported a significant percentage (about 70%) of their parents do not work or receive income support contributions from the National Insurance Institute.
About 40% of the youths had been removed from their homes by court order after their parents were charged with parental neglect of the child as a consequence of extreme poverty. The remaining participants were enrolled at the educational boarding schools by parental consent following recommendations from social workers.
The participants were selected using purposeful sampling. The first inclusion criterion was high school-aged youths. The second criterion was gender. We chose to interview an equal gender representation. Data analysis revealed no gender distinctions. The third criterion was the “risk factor.” We chose to interview only those youths who were removed from their homes against the background of extreme poverty.
The semi-structured interviews, which lasted from one to three hours in one sitting, included seven sections. In the first part, the interviewees were asked to describe their life stories freely. The second section included several questions intended to follow up on specific narrative descriptions related in the first part. The third section dealt with the interviewee's self-concept and included a single open question about how the interviewees would define their current self. The fourth section included questions about the decision to remove the interviewees from their home to an educational boarding school. The fifth section included questions about life in the boarding school. Part six included questions about the concept of future orientation. The final section included direct questions about the concept of risk, the removal of a child from home, the relationship with the parents, and the effects of being an at-risk youth. All interviews were recorded and transcribed. Data analysis was done using the model developed by Lieblich et al. (1998) to identify the content and form of narrative interviews.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The data analysis revealed four main themes: the desire to contribute to a better economic future for members of their nuclear and extended family; self-control over their future life; starting a family at an early age; and moral boundary work (contribution to the community and self-worth). The frequency with which these themes were presented reflects their prevalence among the students. Almost all the interviewees cited the first three themes. The fourth theme (moral boundary work), while heard less frequently and from fewer interviewees, was also reported by as many as half of the interviewees.
Unlike reports addressing at-risk youth in other studies, the current interviewees did not convey difficulty in formulating aspirations or projecting themselves into the future (Raffaelli & Koller, 2005). However, their future orientation did not express optimism (Frye, 2012), aspirations for higher education, or high-status jobs (Crivello, 2015). The interviewees also did not view higher education as a panacea to resolve their poverty and social exclusion (Frye, 2012). They did not subscribe to the neoliberal ethos of hard work as a means to achieve upward mobility (Franceschelli & Keating, 2018). Similar to other studies concerning disadvantaged youth, young people in this study expressed aspirations related to marriage, family, and employment (Bryant & Ellard, 2015). The distinctive aspect of this study is highlighting the close linkage––explicitly suggested by the interviewees––between their current and imagined future life circumstances.
This study’s interviewees linked their out-of-home placement experience with their aspirations and described a future that will “compensate” or serve as a “corrective experience” for a child who has been removed from his home and his biological-social environment. These future orientations, which are related to the interviewed youths’ current situation, may reflect the loss of attachment figures or ambiguous loss associated with removal from the home.

References
Boss, P. (1999). Ambiguous loss: Learning to live with unresolved grief. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Bryant, J., & Ellard, J. (2015). Hope as a form of agency in the future thinking of disenfranchised young people. Journal of Youth Studies, 18, 485–499.
Crivello, G. (2015). ‘There’s no future here’: The time and place of children’s migration aspirations in Peru. Geoforum, 62, 38–46.
Franceschelli, M., Keating, A. (2018). Imagining the future in the neoliberal era: Young people’s optimism and their faith in hard work. Young, 26, 1–17.
Frye, M. (2012). Bright futures in Malawi's new dawn: Educational aspirations as assertions of identity. American Journal of Sociology, 117, 1565–624.
Kosher, H., Montserrat, C., Attar-Schwartz, S., Casas, F., & Zeira, A. (2018). Out-of-home care for children at-risk in Israel and in Spain: Current lesson and future challenges. Psychological Intervention, 27, 12-21.
Lieblich, A., Tuval-Mashiach, R., & Zilber, T. (1998). Narrative research: Reading, analysis, and interpretation. London: Sage.
Lubeck, S., & Garrett, P. (1990). The social construction of the “at-risk” child. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 11(3), 327–340.
McWey, L. M., Acock, A., & Porter, B. E. (2010). The impact of continued contact with biological parents upon the mental health of children in foster care. Children and Youth Services Review, 32, 1338–1345.
Raffaelli, M., & Koller, S. H. (2005). Future expectations of Brasilian street youth. Journal of Adolescence, 28(2), 249–262.
Reay, D. (2005). Beyond consciousness? The psychic landscape of social class. Sociology, 39, 911-928.
Schutz, A., & Luckmann, T. (1974). The structure of the life-world. London: Heinemann.
Sulimani-Aidan, Y. (2015). Do they get what they expect? The connection between young adults’ future expectations before leaving care and outcomes after leaving care. Children and Youth Services Review, 55, 193–200.


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

A Language Intervention Program in Urban Kindergartens

Ravit Cohen-Mimran

University of Haifa, Israel

Presenting Author: Cohen-Mimran, Ravit

The current study presents an intervention program that was implemented in kindergartens to empower preschool children from low socioeconomic status (SES) neighborhoods. In each classroom, a speech-language therapist (SLT), occupational therapist, and psychologist collaborated with the kindergarten teacher to evaluate children's needs and plan activities to achieve the goals. The language program that was delivered by the SLT aimed to improve the children’s vocabulary, enable them to develop pragmatic skills, and develop age-appropriate morphological and syntax structures. The purpose of the present study was to examine the outcomes of the language intervention program.

The language program was developed for preschool children from low SES families, that as a group, tend to have delayed language abilities compared to children from higher SES in various language domains (Hart & Risley, 1995; Fish & Pinkerman, 2003). Many of these children begin their studies at school with language delay (Fish & Pinkerman, 2003; Ginsborg, 2006; Hoff & Tian, 2005) and the gaps between children from different SES increase over the years of school (Schiff & Lotem, 2011). In addition, studies indicate that the incidence of specific language impairment among children of parents with lower levels of education was 16%–29%, compared with only 8% among children of highly educated parents (Dollaghan et al., 1999).

A common assumption is that early educational interventions during the preschool years lay the foundation for future educational and social success (Kaiser & Roberts, 2011). Moreover, intervention programs that use natural activities in a social context optimize social and verbal interaction, helping those with language delay to improve their communication and language skills (Vilaseca & Del Rio, 2004). Thus, the current language program was developed as an activity-based intervention, founded upon the naturalistic approach, which enables the clinician to set up opportunities for children to learn through age-appropriate interactive processes in natural settings. The clinician uses activities that allow the children to incorporate modeling and reinforce therapy targets within contexts that are meaningful to the child (Fey, 1986). The intervention was conducted in small groups that allow the child a greater variety of natural opportunities with peers and caregivers than do “one-on-one” interactions. Studies have shown that young children with language delay or impoverished language benefit from language interventions in a small group (Hutchinson & Clegg, 2011; Justice et al, 2005; Nielsen & Friesen, 2012).

As part of the program, a short language assessment was conducted for all children at the beginning of the year. The goals of the screening test were: 1.) To identify children with poor language skills, and to refer them to further comprehensive developmental language assessment. 2.) To identify children who need to work in small groups, and to divide them into small groups according to their linguistic level.

In the current study, this screening test was used to test the language level at the end of the year, as well. In addition, the same screening test was delivered to kindergartens in low SES neighborhoods, that did not participate in the program. The goal of the current study was to examine whether children enrolled in the program had different gains in language development compared with children who did not enroll in the program.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A total of 161 children participated in this study. All were from Hebrew-speaking families that lived in neighborhoods classified as low SES populations (based on the Central Bureau of Statistics 2009 report).  The intervention group consisted of 114 children ages 33–57 months (average in months: 43.2, SD: 5.8, 47% girls) who attended the program in the district of Haifa. The city municipality gave its consent to use the data that was collected anonymously, to systematically evaluate the program. During 2017, for 7 months, an SLT came to the kindergarten once a week for 3 hours. The activities were based on children's books and the linguistic goals were integrated into the activities (see a full description of the intervention in Cohen-Mimran et al., 2014). All books contained colorful illustrations, vocabulary appropriate to 3-4 year old children, were not excessively long, and were narrative in genre. Six sessions were devoted to each book. In the first two sessions, the speech therapist read the  book accompanied by pictures and explained unfamiliar and rare words. The four additional sessions per book were devoted to experiential activities related to its content (e.g., making a fruit salad, germinating a bean, creating and acting a play, etc.).
 The control group consisted of 47 children ages 35-56 months (average in months: 45.2, SD: 6.3, 49% girls), from kindergarten classes that did not participate in the program (kindergartens outside of the Haifa district). The parents gave consent for their children's participation in the research, and it was approved by the Israeli Ministry of Education.
The screening test was developed based on two widely-used tests: the Preschool Language Scale (Zimmerman, Steiner, & Pond, 2002) and the Goralnik Screening Test (Goralnik, 1995). A total of 70 items from these two language tests were carefully selected and arranged in two subtests: an expressive language subtest that included 32 items and a receptive language subtest that included 38 items. These items represent the language development of Hebrew-speaking children ages 3-5 years (Berman, 2016). Moreover, the items represent diverse language abilities, including semantics (word meaning), morphology and syntax (grammatical structure), and integrative language skills (categorizing, completing analogies, and reasoning). The screening test took 15-20 minutes to administer.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results from two-factor RM-MANOVA of Groups (Intervention X control) and Time (pretest X posttest) showed a significant Group X Time interaction [F(1, 159) =4.94, p<0.05]. The control group scored significantly below the intervention group only in the post-test. For the expressive and receptive language subtests further Post Hoc t-tests were conducted.  T-tests demonstrated no preexisting differences between these groups at the pretest for both subtests (expressive: t =0.87, p>0.05, receptive: t =0.77, p>0.05). However, the t-tests showed that the intervention group scored significantly above the control group on both subtests in the post-tests (expressive: t =3.30, p<0.01, receptive: t =2.54, p<0.05).
The current study expands on previous findings (Hutchinson & Clegg, 2011; Justice et al., 2005). The results revealed that young children from low SES families ages 3–5 years old benefited from the intervention that was provided by SLTs in small group settings during their regular kindergarten days. It is suggested that SLTs have a major role in helping children from low SES families develop sufficient language skills, enabling them to engage with the curriculum, and enhance their participation in kindergarten. Although the real-life nature of the current study caused limitations on our ability to control certain methodological issues (e.g., the SES groups were defined according to neighborhoods and not through parent questionnaires), the program and the data collected were a unique opportunity to explore the outcomes of a naturalistic intervention that simultaneously treated multiple linguistic abilities in meaningful contexts, and to reveal the positive affect of that approach on young children.

References
Berman, R. (2016). Acquisition and Development of Hebrew: From Infancy to Adolescence (1st ed.). Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company.
Cohen-Mimran, R. & Reznik-Nevet, L. & Korona-Gaon, S. (2014). An Activity-Based Language Intervention Program for Kindergarten Children: A Retrospective Evaluation. Early Childhood Education Journal. 44.
Dollaghan, C. A., Campbell, T. F., Paradise, J. L., Feldman, H. M., Janosky, J. E., Pitcairn, D. N. & Kurs-Lasky, M. (1999). Maternal Education and measures of early speech and language. Journal of speech, language, and hearing research, 42 (6), 1432-1443.
 Fey, M.E. (1986). Language intervention with young children. Austin: TX, Pro-Ed.
Fish, M., and Pinkerman, B. (2003). Language skills in low-SES rural Appalachian children: normative development and individual differences, infancy to preschool. Applied Developmental Psychology, 23, 539–565.
Ginsborg, J. (2006). The effects of socio-economic status on children's language acquisition and use. Language and social disadvantage: theory into practice. John Wiley and Sons, LTD.
Goralnik, E. (1995). Language Screening Test for Hebrew-speaking Preschool Children. Netanya, Israel: Gai Agencies.
Hart B., & Risley, T. R. (1995). Meaningful differences in the everyday experience of young American children. Baltimore, MD: Brookes.
Hoff, E. & Tian, C. (2005). Socioeconomic status and cultural influences on language. Journal of communication disorders, 38, 271-278.
Hutchinson, J. & Clegg, J. (2011). Education practitioner-led intervention to facilitate language learning in young children: An effectiveness study. Child Language Teaching and Therapy, 27 151-164.
Justice, L., Meier, J., & Walpole, S. (2005). Learning new words from storybooks: An efficacy study with at-risk kindergartners. Language, Speech, and Hearing Services in Schools, 36, 17-32.
Kaiser, A.P. & Roberts, M.Y. (2011). Advances in Early Communication and Language Intervention, Journal of Early Intervention, 33, 298-309.
Nielsen, D. C., & Friesen, L. D. (2012). A Study of the Effectiveness of a Small-Group Intervention on the Vocabulary and Narrative Development of At-Risk Kindergarten Children, Reading Psychology, 33, 269-299.
Schiff, R. & Lotem, E. (2011). Effects of phonological and morphological awareness on children's word reading development from two socioeconomic backgrounds. First Language, Published online before print.
Vilaseca, R.M, & Del Rio, M.J. (2004). Language acquisition by children with Down syndrome: a naturalistic approach to assisting language acquisition, Child language teaching and therapy, 20, 163-180.
Zimmerman, I., Steiner, V., & Pond, R. (2002). Preschool language scale (1st ed.). San Antonio, TX: The Psychological Corporation.


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Probing into Chinese Left-behind Children’s Peer Interaction from a Perspective of the Hidden Curriculum

Shichong Li

University of Leeds, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Li, Shichong

Social structure in the classroom could be formed by the interactions among people and the social norms shaped by those interactions (Martin, 1976; Giroux, 1983). Thus, peers and peer relations can function as the hidden curriculum in school or classroom contexts, given that many studies are also carried out to support this assumption. Regarding social links of peers in school or the classroom, peer relations have been proven to be the primary impact factor of positive or negative classroom climates (Çengel and Türkoğlu, 2016). Peers of students who act as peer leaders also share the roles of teachers in the classroom, which has been proven to encourage teachers and students to work interdependently (Giroux and Penna, 1979). The context of learning and the social relations used by teachers and students are also addressed in another research focusing on the norms and values shared as the hidden curriculum in a Cambodian context (Bray et al., 2018). Hence, it is evident that peer relations in school could be understood as the hidden curriculum.

The left-behind children (hereinafter "LBC”) are viewed as children under 18 whose parents are migrant workers (primarily internal migrants) in China who usually spend less than three months a year with their parents (Ye et al., 2013) . Families with migrants have skip-generation childrearing arrangements to support the left-behind children, which requires grandparents to take care of the LBC (Ge et al., 2019). Most of the LBC in rural areas board at school, given that relevant policies have been launched to protect them from risks caused by insufficient childcare caused by the childrearing arrangements during after-school hours (Zhao, 2011) . According to my data analysis experience and the lifted one-child policy (Feng et al., 2016), many LBC have peer siblings who are also under the supervision of the surrogate parents. In those living conditions, peer interaction and its impact are believed to be active.

Meanwhile, research has linked the LBC’s living experience in school with the concept of the hidden curriculum by viewing Chinese socio-political ideological forces on daily pedagogical practices and what LBC experienced as the hidden curriculum (Ren et al., 2020). In the Chinese cultural context, it has been proven that the value of collectivism, called moral education (in pinyin: de yu), has been embedded in the dominant curriculum through educational policy-making (Zhu, 2021). In this study, the concept of moral education defers from what Durkheim argued (Prus, 2019). On the contrary, in this study, I view the value of moral education in the Chinese context as the dominant curriculum (McCarthy, 1994) rather than the hidden curriculum considering the cultural diversities in different research contexts. Overall, it remains a knowledge gap regarding whether LBC's peer relations and social norms among peers are considered the hidden curriculum in school.

Based on prior research regarding the relational forms of the hidden curriculum, the social-economic impact on schooling that is identified as the hidden curriculum for the LBC in China, and the shared collectivist cultural norms of peer relations in the Chinese school context, I argue that the social norms and practices among LBC and peers in school can also be viewed as the hidden curriculum. Based on the above assumption, I collected data regarding peer relations and interactions of LBC in the Chinese context while using the theory of the hidden curriculum to answer the research questions: 1) how LBC interact with peers in school, and 2) what peer interactions can be viewed as the hidden curriculum in school?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this research, I am using the debates of the hidden curriculum as the theoretical framework for initiating prompts for interviews and analysing data. The emphasis of the hidden curriculum is on viewing life in school as a whole in both the learning and teaching experience (Jackson, 1990). Also, debates regarding hidden curricula vary (Kentli, 2009). Kentli compared several different understandings of the concept of hidden curriculum (Kentli, 2009) as follows: 1) Dreeben emphasised that the hidden curriculum helps to form a social relationship in the classroom (Dreeben, 1968); 2) Bowles and Gintis also argued that the hidden curriculum could be understood as a reproduction of the existing social structure in a classroom that indicates pupils’ intellectual ability and personal traits (Bowles and Gintis, 2002); 3) Vallance also believed that the hidden curriculum is the non-academic outcome which also is regarded as the impact of schooling on people (Vallance, 1973);4) Martin emphasised that the social structure or the relationship between teachers and students can be understood as the hidden curriculum (Martin, 1976);5) Giroux regarded the hidden curriculum as the unstated social norms embedded in the social relationships in school and classrooms (Giroux, 1983).
Online interviews and instant messages on WeChat have been used to collect data. I also observed their WeChat moment as the content for starting a conversation. Data analysis is also structured based on the literature reviewed above.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Discrimination against ecdemic float children (or migrant children) unconsciously led by one school teacher in one migrant hosting city has been identified in the case of Weiai’s (pseudonym) schooling experience in the era of diffusive internal migration in China. Weiai’s experience in peer relations can reflect the discrimination that Weiai received from the school teacher and her peers. The discrimination viewed as the hidden curriculum regarding Martin’s argument (Martin, 1976) then impacts Weiai’s left-behind experience when she returns to her hometown and is left behind by her parents. Claiming non-family bond peers as brothers or sisters to pull in intimacy has been proven as one of the social norms among LBC and their peers in school, which is also considered as the hidden curriculum regarding Dreeben’s argument (Dreeben, 1968). The popular game “truth or dare” played by Pangolin (pseudonym) and his peers involving their romantic fantasy regarding the girls they like in school is another social norm, which could be understood as a hidden curriculum regarding Giroux’s and Vallance’s arguments (Vallance, 1973; Giroux, 1983), as they tend to hide this game and the outcomes of the game from teachers in school. These social norms practised by LBC and their peers are viewed as the different forms of interactions among them, which are regarded as the hidden curriculum that impacts the socialisation of LBC in school. The impact of that can be negative, neutral or positive, considering different contexts of LBC’s social interactions with peers.
References
Bowles, S. and Gintis, H. 2002. Schooling in capitalist America revisited. Sociology of Education. 75(1), pp.1–18.
Bray, M., Kobakhidze, M.N., Zhang, W. and Liu, J. 2018. The hidden curriculum in a hidden marketplace: relationships and values in Cambodia’s shadow education system. Journal of Curriculum Studies. 50(4), pp.435–455.
Çengel, M. and Türkoğlu, A. 2016. Analysis through hidden curriculum of peer relations in two different classes with positive and negative classroom climates. Kuram ve Uygulamada Egitim Bilimleri. 16(6), pp.1893–1919.
Dreeben, R. 1968. On What Is Learned In School. London: Addison-Wesley Educational Publishers Inc.
Feng, W., Gu, B. and Cai, Y. 2016. The End of China’s One-Child Policy. Studies in Family Planning. 47(1), pp.83–86.
Ge, Y., Song, L., Clancy, R.F. and Qin, Y. 2019. Studies on Left-Behind Children in China: Reviewing Paradigm Shifts. New Directions for Child and Adolescent Development. 2019(163), pp.115–135.
Giroux, H. 1983. Theories of Reproduction and Resistance in the New Sociology of Education: A Critical Analysis. Harvard Educational Review. 53(3), pp.259–293.
Giroux, H.A. and Penna, A.N. 1979. Social education in the classroom: The dynamics of the hidden curriculum. Theory and Research in Social Education. 7(1), pp.21–42.
Jackson, P. 1990. Life in classrooms. New York: Teachers College Press.
Kentli, F.D. 2009. Comparison of hidden curriculum theories. European Journal of Educational Studies. 1(1968), pp.83–88.
Martin, J.R. 1976. What Should We Do with a Hidden Curriculum When We Find One? Curriculum Inquiry. 6(2), pp.135–151.
McCarthy, C. 1994. Multicultural discourses and curriculum reform: a critical perspective. Educational Theory. 44(1), pp.81–98.
Prus, R. 2019. Redefining the sociological paradigm: Emile durkheim and the scientific study of morality. Qualitative Sociology Review. 15(1), pp.6–34.
Ren, Y., Kushner, S. and Hope, J. 2020. The China’s Hidden Curriculum: Hukou, Floating Labour, and Children Left Behind. Critical Education. 11(9), pp.1–21.
Vallance, E. 1973. Hiding the Hidden Curriculum: An Interpretation of the Language of Justification in Nineteenth-Century Educational Reform. Curriculum Theory Network. 4(1), pp.5–21.
Ye, J., Wang, C., Wu, H., He, C. and Liu, J. 2013. Internal migration and left-behind populations in China. Journal of Peasant Studies. 40(6), pp.1119–1146.
Zhao, Z. 2011. A matter of money? Policy analysis of rural boarding schools in China. Education, Citizenship and Social Justice. 6(3), pp.237–249.
Zhu, Y. 2021. ‘Self’ (ziji), ‘others’ (taren) and ‘collective’ (jiti): Friendships at school embedded with China’s Confucian–collectivist sociocultural values. Children and Society. 35(6), pp.916–929.
 
12:15pm - 1:15pm05 SES 10.5 A: NW 05 Network Meeting
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Michael Jopling
NW 05 Network Meeting
 
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

NW 05 Network Meeting

Michael Jopling

University of Brighton, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Jopling, Michael

All networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm05 SES 12 A: Symposium: Doing Participatory Research In Education With At-Risk Participants: Paradoxes And Provocations
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Michael Jopling
Session Chair: Josef Hofman
Symposium
 
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Symposium

Doing Participatory Research In Education: Paradoxes And Provocations

Chair: Michael Jopling (University of Brighton)

Discussant: Josef Hofmann (Humboldt Univerisity, Berlin)

Participatory research has a strong reputation in education research, particularly when it explores the experiences of marginalised children, young people, and/or adults (Mohindra et al 2011; Conrad & Campbell 2013). Its use is often justified because it reduces, even removes, the distance between researcher and participant (Rafferty 2094), allowing the research to reflect their voices and describe their experiences in their own words. It also potentially enables such research partners to be involved in all aspects of the research, allowing it to fulfil an emancipatory purpose (Hall 1975; Barton & Hayhoe 2022) and aligning it with action research (Sharp & Balogh 2021). However, strong reputations often obscure problems and discourage debate and this symposium was prompted by a number of issues associated with using participatory approaches in education research, which it is designed to highlight and explore, drawing on relevant research undertaken in 3 different European contexts. These issues are presented here as provocations.

The first provocation is methodological. While participatory data collection is often as open and wide as possible, analysis can often remain at the level of content analysis or summarising what research partners have said. This captures an interesting ethical shift, which has led in some cases to under-theorised research analysis creating research findings which are both superficial and paradoxically too distant from what research partners actually said. This may mean that participatory approaches deny important insights.

The second provocation relates to the researcher’s positionality. Researchers are funded both to undertake research and to use this research to improve the institutions or services they are examining. This can prevent them thinking objectively and result in them being influenced by the objectives of the institution or the funder, especially if there is pressure to share research partners’ perspectives (Lewin & Shaw 2021) or conversely suppress their views to ‘protect’ partners from their consequences.

The final provocation relates to communication and dissemination. Research findings which remain at the level of quotation or summary are easier to communicate. Producing findings which use more theoretical analytical approaches may be controversial because they foreground the importance of interpretation and oppose participatory purism, as well as risking bringing taboos and “unthinkables” into participatory dialogue.

The symposium’s presentations bring together critical theory and empirical research to explore these provocations, guided by the following research questions:

  • How did the research reported here draw on participatory approaches?
  • To what extent did issues around methodology, positionality and dissemination affect how the research was conducted and analysed?
  • How were these issues addressed?

References
Barton, J, and Hayhoe, S. (2022) Emancipatory and participatory research. London: Routledge.
Conrad, D. and Campbell, G. (2013) Participatory Research: An Empowering Methodology with Marginalized Populations, in Liamputtong, P. and Rumbold, J. (eds.) Knowing Differently: Arts-Based and Collaborative Research. New York: Nova Science, 247-263.
Hall, B. (1975). Participatory research: An approach for change. Convergence: An International Journal of Adult Education, 8(2), 24–32.
Lewin, T. and Shaw, J. (2021) Collective Becoming: Visual and Performative Methodologies for Participatory Research, in Burns, D. Howard, J. and Ospina, S.M., The Sage Handbook of Participatory Research and Inquiry. London: Sage, 711-722.
Mohindra, K. S., et al. (2011) owards Ethically Sound Participatory Research with Marginalised Populations: Experiences from India. Development in Practice, 21( 8), 1168–75.
Sharp, C. and Balogh, R. (2021) Becoming Participatory: Some Contributions to Action Research in the UK, in Burns et al The Sage Handbook of Participatory Research and Inquiry. London: Sage, 154-168.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

The Limits Of Using Participatory Research In Education

David Zimmermann (Humboldt Univerisity, Berlin)

This paper primarily addresses aspects which have been little discussed so far in qualitative participatory research. The contribution is primarily theoretically-focused, contextualised using the findings from three research studies. The first used observations as well as interviews with four detainees and three staff members in a penal institution, analysed using depth-hermeneutics (Langer et al., 2021). In the second, a five-day photovoice workshop was conducted with 15 refugee language learners and analysed using content analysis (Obens 2023). In the meta-analysis, six qualitative studies on Pupil Referral Units in England were re-analysed in relation their implications for related policy changes introduced in Germany (Zimmermann, 2023). In the qualitative research community, it is almost "state of the art" to refer to the individuals and groups being researched as "partners". This often blurs the boundaries between research perspectives and activism. While studies may include a large number of participants, the methodological approach is often limited to content analysis and similar approaches. Therefore, the paper uses data from the research projects indicated to address three central questions, which reflect the provocations of the symposium abstract: 1. Does this powerful paradigm of participation, which seems to be ethically valuable, possibly also conceal researchers' fear of results that are uncomfortable and difficult to communicate (Devereux 1967)? 2. Is the apparent distinction from the scientific mainstream (understood as quantitative-empirical), which is often emphasised in educational research projects, really just another form of neoliberal research? Terms such as "relevance", "impact" or "value" typically signify this supposed research responsibility (Henwood & Lang 2005). The inclusion of (often “marginalised”) participants in research projects may actually legitimise educational measures that are individual-centred and conceal social distortions. Shouldn't research be much more resolute in opening up spaces in which more radical criticism is possible? 3. In view of this, what place is there for critical theory which uncovers taboos in the individual and social unconscious? Relevant, more psychoanalytic research methods, such as depth hermeneutics, offer ways of illuminating this "dark side of the moon" and identifying changes to the education system. However, it is precisely those perspectives that are highly anxiety-provoking, as they bring into focus those parts of individual and group experience that have been repressed from professional and institutional self-images (Lorenzer 2000). There are neither clear nor simple answers to those questions. However, they suggest that critical and open discussion of participatory research is urgently needed.

References:

Devereux, G. (1967) From Anxiety to Method in the Behavioral Sciences. The Hague: Mouton. Henwood, Karen; Lang, Iain (2005): Qualitative Social Science in the UK: A Reflexive Commentary on the “State of the Art”. Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 6(3): The State of the Art of Qualitative Research in Europe. DOI: 10.17169/fqs-6.3.16. Langer, J., Link, P.-C., Fickler-Stang, U., Zimmermann, D. (2021): Perspektiven von Bediensteten des Jugendstrafvollzugs auf pädagogische Beziehung - tiefenhermeneutische Einsichten aus einer qualitativ-empirischen Studie. ESE. Emotionale und Soziale Entwicklung in der Pädagogik der Erziehungshilfe und bei Verhaltensstörungen 3, 14–28. Lorenzer, Alfred (2000) Sprachzerstörung und Rekonstruktion. Vorarbeiten zu einer Metatheorie der Psychoanalyse. 5. Aufl. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp (Suhrkamp-Taschenbuch Wissenschaft, 31). Obens, K. (2023). Vom (Adels-)titel und der dreifachen Sprachlosigkeit – Eine tiefen-hermeneutische Interpretation eines Deutsch-als-Zweitsprache-Unterrichts für Menschen mit Behinderungs-, Flucht- und Traumaerfahrungen. Psychosozial 45(2) (issue 168), in print. Zimmermann, D. (2023). Die Beschulung psychosozial erheblich beeinträchtigter Kinder und Jugendlicher in Kleinklassen. Praxeologische Desiderata und empirische Antworten aus dem englischen Diskurs. Vierteljahreszeitschrift für Heilpädagogik und ihre Nachbargebiete, submitted.
 

The Challenges Of Undertaking Participatory Research With Vulnerable Young People And Families

Michael Jopling (University of Brighton)

Recent EU analysis (EU 2022) found that in 2021 over one-fifth of the EU population living in households with dependent children was at risk of poverty or social exclusion. Estimates suggest at least 15 million children and young people in Europe have special educational needs. Increasingly in recent years, children and young people affected by these issues have been categorised under the crude description “vulnerable”. This paper discusses some of the findings from research which explored the experiences of vulnerable young people and their families using participatory approaches. It was undertaken in 2021 in a large city in England with high levels of poverty and deprivation. The paper explores how schools, teachers and other professionals can best work with young people to help them overcome the disadvantages they face and examines the methodological challenges of undertaking funded research using participatory approaches, especially during the pandemic. The theoretical framework for the research drew on strengths-based and co-constructed research approaches (Boyle et al, 2010; O’Neill, 2003), alongside critical examinations of social mobility (Todd, 2021) and the discourse around aspirations (Appadurai 2004). Its guiding research questions were: • What are the hopes and expectations of vulnerable young people and families facing disadvantage? • What support have they had both to achieve their hopes and overcome the barriers they face? • What implications do their experiences have for education and social policy and practice? Funded by local government, the research used a participatory approach and was conducted online in 2021 due to pandemic restrictions. It involved 13 young people and their families who had been supported by, or had sought the support of, social services. The approach developed in-depth narratives of their experiences, drawing on interviews, photographs and retrospective reconstructions of key events in their lives, determined by the participants themselves and their families. Data were analysed using the theoretical framework already outlined and the paper will discuss the difficulties of conducting, and analysing, this kind of participatory research. The paper concludes that shifting the discourse away from aspirations and mobilities, which draw too readily on negative, deficit models, towards exploring young people’s capacities, capabilities and experiences would help them better realise their goals. It also suggests that to do this, we should be prepared to acknowledge the “messiness” of social research (Law 2004); listen to young people more effectively; and find better ways to negotiate representing their views with funders.

References:

Appadurai, A. (2004) The capacity to aspire: Culture and the terms of recognition, in Rao, V. and Walton, M. (eds.) Culture and Public Action. Stamford: Stamford University Press, 59-84. Boyle, D., Slay, J., and Stephens, L. (2010) Public services inside out: Putting co-production into practice. London: NESTA. Eurostat (2022) Children at risk of poverty or social exclusion. https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php?title=Living_conditions_in_Europe. Law, J. (2004). After Method: Mess in Social Science Research. Abingdon: Routledge. O'Neil, D. (2003) Clients as researchers: The benefits of strengths-based research, in Munford, R. and Sanders, J. (eds.) Making a Difference in Families: Research that Creates Change. Sydney, Australia: Allen & Unwin, 113-129. Todd, S. (2021) Snakes and Ladders: The Great British Social Mobility Myth. London: Vintage.
 

Participatory Research Methods In The Development Of A Digital Mental Health Promotion Programme For Youth

Franziska Reitegger (University of Graz), Michaela Wright (Research Center for Inclusive Education Graz, Austria), Barbara Gasteiger-Klicpera (University of Graz), Lea Hochgatterer (University of Graz)

significantly during the pandemic (Raccanello et al., 2022) and that these problems are likely to worsen in the long term (Kauhanen et al., 2022). These findings highlight the need for evidence-based prevention programs to promote mental health in this age group. Since adolescents often have an affinity and preference for digital technologies, prevention programs increasingly are offered as digital tools. Well-tailored digital interventions are likely to increase engagement and to promote the transfer of specific skills or strategies into the daily lives of young people (Lucas-Thompson et al., 2019). Adolescents can use these programs independent of time and place, and they can be designed to be adaptive and self-directed. Their efficacy has also been noted for addressing mental health problems such as anxiety and depressive symptoms (Sevilla-Llewellyn-Jones et al. (2018). However, young people often criticize these programs for being insufficiently tailored to their needs/interests (Wright et al., in press), which may be due to a disparity between the data collected and reported, identified in symposium provocation 1. This paper presents a project developing a programme to promote mental health literacy and well-being among students aged 12-15. In an iterative, participatory process, an innovative, adaptive, and accessible digital prevention programme is being developed with 240 students from three European countries, addressing topics such as anxiety, depression, resilience, and mindfulness. It takes into account the diversity of the students in terms of their social and cultural background, support needs, gender identity and sexual orientation. The aim is to expand the range of previous/existing prevention programs and to develop a program that addresses students’ needs and diversity and motivates them to take action regarding their own wellbeing. To ensure that the design and content is relevant, attractive and engaging for the students, two participatory workshops in 2023 will be conducted with students from secondary schools in Austria, Poland and Slovenia, followed by a pilot study in 2024. The conceptualization, implementation, and initial findings of the participatory workshops with representatives of the target group will be presented, focusing on the accuracy of the concept and design of the programme’s initial phase. This will include feedback results from the students on their needs, preferences and requirements regarding program design program design, as well as teacher feedback on strategies to improve the viability of the program in the school setting.

References:

Kauhanen, L., Wan Mohd Yunus, W. M. A., Lempinen, L., Peltonen, K., Gyllenberg, D., Mishina, K., Gilbert, S., Bastola, K., Brown, J. S. L., & Sourander, A. (2022). A systematic review of the mental health changes of children and young people before and during the COVID-19 pandemic. European Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 0123456789. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00787-022-02060-0. Lucas-Thompson, R. G., Broderick, P. C., Coatsworth, J. D., & Smyth, J. M. (2019). New Avenues for Promoting Mindfulness in Adolescence using mHealth. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 28(1), 131–139. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10826-018-1256-4 Raccanello, D., Rocca, E., Vicentini, G., & Brondino, M. (2022). Eighteen Months of COVID-19 Pandemic Through the Lenses of Self or Others: A Meta-Analysis on Children and Adolescents' Mental Health. Child and Youth Care Forum, 0123456789. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10566-022-09706-9 Sevilla-Llewellyn-Jones, J., Santesteban-Echarri, O., Pryor, I., McGorry, P., & Alvarez-Jimenez, M. (2018). Web-Based Mindfulness Interventions for Mental Health Treatment: Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. JMIR Mental Health, 5(3), e10278. https://doi.org/10.2196/10278 Wright, M., Reitegger, F., Cela, H., Papst, A., & Gasteiger-Klicpera, B. (in press). Interventions With Digital Tools for Mental Health Promotion Among 11-18 Year Olds: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Journal of Youth and Adolescence.
 
Date: Friday, 25/Aug/2023
9:00am - 10:30am05 SES 14 A: Symposium: Tackling Inequalities Through Educational Diversity
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Sabine Bollig
Symposium
 
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Symposium

CANCELLED Tackling Inequalities Through Educational Diversity

Chair: Sabine Bollig (Trier University)

Discussant: Justin Powell (University of Luxembourg)

Given their promising equalising effects, strengthening the link between the different settings and modalities of formal, non-formal and informal education has become the central goal of inequality-related education policy, research and professional practice (Hadjar et al., 2022). The corresponding efforts to address the complex vulnerabilities of children and young people show a broad spectrum: from the recognition of different ways of acquiring competences to the networking of different institutions and a stronger inclusion of out-of-school activities in formal education to a corresponding interplay of diverse teaching and learning modalities in complex learning ecologies (e.g. Russell et al., 2013). However, given the diversity of educational landscapes in Europe, a variety of concrete patterns in the interlinking of educational settings and learning activities is also evident, which have emerged at the intersections of national welfare/education systems and In particular (in)equity structures (West & Nikolai, 2013), institutional pathways and supranational/global forces (Hoppers, 2006, Roosma & Saar 2010). The variance of these policies and initiatives to combat inequalities precisely by means of diversity of education relates both to a) what is understood by formal, non-formal and informal education/learning, b) which patterns of relationships between these three (exemplary) types of education are sought (complementary, alternative, supportive, combating, transformative, etc.) and c) from which institutional structures and modes of separation, connecting and blurring of formal, non-formal and informal education these attempts gain their legitimacy and their actually realised or just hoped-for effectiveness (e.g. Schmachtel, 2015). Even if this discoursive differentiation of formal, non-formal and informal education is mainly found in governance-related perspectives, the aim of diversifying education also leads professionals everyday striving for more equity as well. Against this backdrop, the panel focus at the discursive yet idiosyncratic expert knowledge of professionals and other experts and stakeholders on actively combating educational inequalities through a ‚diversification of education/learning‘ in three different national education/welfare systems – Germany, Spain and Norway.

Each contribution will present a qualitative case study on pioneering educational practices in combating educational inequalities in their specific national, regional and/or local contexts, selected along the MILC approach of the EU Horizon 2020 research and innovation project PIONEERED (Seiler et al., 2021), which inquiries into pioneering policies and practices in tackling educational inequalities across nine countries along an intersectional understanding of inequalities. The case studies provide a comprehensive approach to understanding how practices and policies of interlinking formal, non-formal, and informal education/learning in tackling inequalities are embedded in a dynamic context of change (Simons, 2009). By that, it allows for a balanced comparative analysis of the similarities and differences within and across the educational fields and national contexts. Each presentation will specifically address the following questions:

  • How does each intervention capture the complexity of educational inequalities? How do practitioners relate inequalities and their respective interventions to the diversity of educational sectors, settings, modalities and activities?
  • What patterns of linking and interweaving formal/non-formal/informal education are visible in practitioners' practice and how are these patterns linked to complex inequalities in education at the levels of access, treatment and impact?
  • In which (sub)national political contexts, pathways and discourses are these patterns embedded? How are the common institutional contexts contested and changed by these pioneering practices?

The presented (sub)national case studies will be discussed comparatively with a view to the question of how this perspective on the link between formal/non-formal/informal education, can help to identify instruments to combat inequalities across Europe based on the knowledge of experts and professionals in the respective contexts. The discussant's commentary will lead to this comparative perspective.


References
Hadjar, A., Alieva, A., Jobst, S., Skrobanek, J., Grecu, A., Gewinner, I., De Moll, F. & Toom, A. (2022). PIONEERED: Elaborating the link between social and educational policies for tackling educational inequalities in Europe. Sozialpolitik 2022(1). https://www.sozialpolitik.ch/article/content/480/show/183 [19.07.2022]
Hoppers (2006): Non-formal education and basic education reform: a conceptual review. International Institute for Educational Planning.
Roosma, E.-L., & Saar, E. (2010). Participating in non-formal learning: patterns of inequality in EU-15 and the new EU-8 member countries. Journal of Education and Work, 23(3), 179-206.
Russell, J., Knutson, K., Crowley, K. (2013). Informal learning organizations as part of an educational ecology: Lessons from collaboration across the formal-informal divide. J. Educ. Change 14: 259-281.
Schmachtel S (2015) Local partnerships as ‘rationalized myths’: a critical examination of the micro-discourse in educational partnership working. Crit. Policy Stud. 10(4): 448–467.
Seiler, S., Herzing, J., Erzinger, A., Jensen, J. & Skrobanek, J. (2021). Methodological guidelines: MILC framework for measuring inequalities and their intersectionalities (D 2.2). https://www.pioneered-project.eu/public-deliverables/PIONEERED_101004392_D2-2_methodological_guidelines_final.pdf (15.01.2023).
Simons, H. (2009). Case Study Research in Practice. Sage
West, A., & Nikolai, R. (2013). Welfare Regimes and Education Regimes: Equality of Opportunity and Expenditure in the EU (and US). Journal of Social Policy, 42(3), 469-493.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Second Chance Schools: A Window of Educational (Re)connection through Flexible Models

Susana Vázquez-Cupeiro (University Complutense of Madrid), Alejandro Montes (University Complutense of Madrid)

The Spanish Second Chance Schools are alternative educational organisations to the formal system, managed by third sector entities. They are aimed at unemployed young people (aged 15-29) who have dropped out of compulsory education. Their offer is based on an innovative pedagogical model, which combines: flexible itineraries, personalised teaching, vocational guidance and training, work experience in collaboration with companies and attention to the educational and employment needs of vulnerable groups (Meo and Tarabini, 2020). These institutions distinguish themselves from other similar initiatives (especially within formal education) by their "non-compensatory" approach to the educational problems of vulnerable groups (Mills et al., 2017). In contrast to the disciplinary and content simplification approach, these institutions are committed to connecting with young people's interests and dignifying non-academic knowledge. Second Chance Schools seek to redefine the very concept of 'success' and pay special attention to the subjective dimensions of learning: recognition, sense of belonging to the institution and emotional attachment to the program (Tarabini, Jacovkis and Montes, 2021). One element that highlights the relevance of Second Chance Schools as a practice of interest is its prominent role in the fight against Early School Leaving (ESL). ESL was identified by experts and stakeholders as one of the main challenges of the Spanish education system, both because of its high prevalence (well above the European average) and because of its concentration among the most vulnerable students. The inflexibility of the formal curriculum and the lack of alternatives to the single, academic-centred pathway were pointed out on several occasions as one of the factors explaining the high ESL in Spain. In this sense, Second Chance Schools offer enormous potential to overcome the problem, as they are filling a gap that the formal system has been unwilling or unable to address -without losing the connections and guaranteeing permeability-. From this scenario, the main objective of this contribution is to explore the role of Second Chance Schools as a mechanism for educational reconnection, identifying both the 'good practices' that characterise their organisational-pedagogical model and the main limitations or barriers that must be overcome. Likewise, although this contribution focuses on the role of Second Chance Schools in the Spanish context, the comparative dimension with other European initiatives that highlight the need to articulate formal and non-formal education serves as a central element to better understand how to address the increasingly complex socio-educational inequalities.

References:

Meo, A., & Tarabini, A. (2020). Teachers’ identities in second chance schools: A comparative analysis of Buenos Aires and Barcelona. Teaching and Teacher Education, 88, 102963. Mills, M., te Riele, K., McGregor, G., & Baroutsis, A. (2017). Teaching in alternative and flexible education settings. Teaching Education, 28(1), 8-11. Tarabini, A., Jacovkis, J. y Montes, A. (2021). El model d’escoles de noves oportunitats: una peça clau del sistema educatiu per a garantir l’èxit escolar. Red española de escuelas de segunda oportunidad
 

Adapted Education as Framework for interlinking Formal, Nonformal and Informal Education?

Solvejg Jobst (Westland Norway University of Applied Sciences), Ivan Tokheim (Westland Norway University of Applied Sciences), Jan Skrobanek (University of Bergen), Joakim Jensen (University of Bergen)

Along with the other Scandinavian countries, the Norwegian education system is widely recognized as one that promotes educational equality and equity. Secured by the social-democratic welfare system, efforts to achieve education for all have a longstanding tradition within educational policy and practice (e.g. Volckmar, 2016). The goal of maintaining and even strengthening educational equity is supported by numerous educational policy measures, such as a low-stratification structure of the education system, the gradual expansion of comprehensive schools to thirteen years, and the introduction of the principle "adapted education". The latter emphasizes that children have the right to an education adapted to their needs, abilities and requirements. This means that the educational institutions are obliged to establish appropriate practices that address the growing diversity of the student body by recognizing and including non-formal and informal educational settings (NOU 2009: 18). With these developments, Norway is in line with the perspective that it is not enough to legally secure access to educational institutions to ensure equality in education, but that specific resources and measures within the education system are needed. In this context research points to the insensitivity of educational institutions regarding the wider socio-cultural embedding of educational practices also including non-formal and informal education (e.g. Bourdieu & Passeron, 1977; Grundmann et al., 2003). This often leads to a gap between the intended egalitarian educational policy and the reality of educational practice. Based on stakeholders’ (such as government officials, teachers' union experts, education practitioners) perspectives from Norway which explicitly indicate that an egalitarian educational process for everyone requires a balanced relationship between the formal, non-formal and informal educational arenas (Jobst et al., 2022) the presentation examines two different approaches on how to interlink formal, non-formal or informal educational settings within the Norwegian egalitarian education system. The declared goal of the two practice cases is to reduce educational inequality and thus motivate at-risk young people to complete school. Both cases differ in their character – while one practice is part of a top-down program the other practice can be described as bottom-up. Against this background, we compare both cases in terms of their mediation between formal, non-formal and informal educational settings. Further, we show the extent to which non-formal educational practices can influence formal educational contexts and how this can lead in stakeholders’ perspectives to equal participation in education.

References:

Bourdieu, P. & Passeron, J.-C. (1977). Reproduction in education, society and culture. Sage. Grundmann, M., Groh-Samberg, O., Bittlingmayer, U. & Bauer, U. (2003): Milieuspezifische Bildungsstrategien in Familie und Gleichaltrigengruppe. In: Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft 6, 1, S. 25-45. NOU 2009: 10. (2009). Fordelingsutvalget. Finansdepartementet. Jobst, S., Jensen, J, Skrobanek, J. & Strand, D. (2022). Working paper: Existing programme- and non-programme-related pioneering practices tackling/reducing educational inequalities from a comparative perspective. edited by PIONEERED. Bergen. Volckmar, N. (2016). Utdanningshistorie: grunnskolen som samfunnsintegrerende institusjon. Gyldendal akademisk.
 

A Place-based Alliance for Inequality-sensitive and Inclusive Education in Early Years

Helena Kliche (Trier University), Joos Magdalena (Trier University), Schu Nadja (Trier University)

Given the highly stratified and segregated German education system and its complex federal governance the last two decades has been characterised by strong forces to networking the diverse sectors, settings and modalities of formal, informal and non-formal education socio-spatially into so-called "local education landscapes" (Olk, 2017). Even if the inequality-reducing effects have not yet proven (Duveneck, 2023), the will to counter the high correlation between educational success and social origin in Germany by systemic and social space related networked offers is unbroken (Coelen et al., 2022). Strengthening cooperation between schools and child and youth welfare services plays a key role here, which has developed into particularly complex cooperative relationships in elementary and primary education. Not only that the services of early childhood education and care (ECEC), which are administratively assigned to child and youth welfare, work more closely with primary schools in a transition-related perspective. The relatively newly developed services of school social work, inclusive school support and all-day care at schools are also predominantly provided by services of non-formal education. Against this background, the case study presented here highlights a local initiative in which an ECEC centre and a primary school in a highly stressed urban location have joined forces to create educational provision in a most inclusive and inequality-sensitive way. The presentation highlights the complex linkage of actors, concepts and practices of formal, informal and non-formal education/learning resulting from this alliance, which goes beyond the usual cross-sectoral cooperation based on trust and common goal formulation (Kolleck et al., 2020). Rather, what can be observed in this ‘education house’ is a complex "boundary work" (Langley et al., 2019) between the diverse organisational units of this alliance, which has enabled them to use the three policy megatrends after the German "PISA shock" - massive expansion of early education and all-day schooling, as well as the gradual dismantling of the special school system - to develop a highly comprehensive 'neighbourhood hub' (Clark et al., 2022) which intersects informal, nonformal and formal education in a localized integration of ECEC, school and social services and area based relations as well. In particular, the presentation will discuss how this cross-sectoral alliance makes it possible to combine a place-based approach with the network-based approach driven by education/social policy in a way that could help to further develop the understanding of "locality" in "local education landscapes" with a view to inequality-sensitive education in early years.

References:

Clark, K., Cahill, R. & Ansell, D. (2022), Early Childhood Development and the Role of Neighbourhood Hubs for Supporting Children’s Development and Wellbeing in Disadvantaged Communities: A Review of the Literature Life Course Centre Working Paper No. 2022. http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4118008 Coelen, T., Hemmerich, S, Jestädt, H., Klepp, S., Million, A., Zinke, C. (2022). Bildungslandschaften in Campus-Form aus schulischer Perspektive. Die deutsche Schule 114 (1): 46-60. doi:10.25656/01:24322 Kolleck, N.; Rieck, A.; Yemini, M. (2020). Goals aligned: Predictors of common goal identification in educational cross-sectoral collaboration initiatives. Educational Management Administration & Leadership. 2020. Volume 48 (Issue 5). S. 916-934 DOI: 10.1177/1741143219846906 Olk, T. (2017). Educational Landscapes and the Reduction of Socio-spatial Educational Inequality in the City. In Million, A., Heinrich, A., Coelen, T. (eds) Education, Space and Urban Planning. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-38999-8_22 Langley, A., Lindberg, K., Mørk, B. E., Nicolini, D., Raviola, E., & Walter, L. (2019). Boundary Work among Groups, Occupations, and Organizations: From Cartography to Process. Academy of Management Annals, 13(2), 704–736.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm05 SES 16 A: Symposium: Deviant Behaviour as an Interactive and Contextual Process
Location: James McCune Smith, 430 [Floor 4]
Session Chair: Claudia Schuchart
Symposium
 
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Symposium

Deviant Behavior as an Interactive and Contextual Process

Chair: Claudia Schuchart (University of Wuppertal)

Discussant: Markus Klein (University of Strathclyde)

Deviant behavior, defined as behavior that is perceived as deviant from certain perceptions of how individual should behave in certain contexts, is among the greatest stressors for teachers in all countries (OECD 2020) and, if it occurs frequently, can lead to the development of a deviant career in students, eventually resulting in drop out and/or school expulsion (Caprara et al. 2006; Skiba et al. 2014).The symposium employs a comparative perspective on deviant behavior by bringing together work from Ireland, Luxembourg, Switzerland and Germany.

Despite the importance of the topic, there are some limitations and research priorities regarding its coverage in research: a) A large part of the research takes place on the conditions of deviant behavior on the student or teacher (classroom management) side, whereby the interactive and thus also interpretative part in the emergence and development of disruptive behavior has received little attention so far (Schuchart/Bühler-Niederberger 2022; Dodge/Pettit 2003). b) Structural and contextual characteristics such as sociocultural origin and school characteristics are rarely included. There is fairly limited research on reciprocal relationships of structural factors as well as mediating mechanisms between individual and structural levels (Hascher/Hadjar 2018; Payne/Welch 2010). c) Methodologically, it can be noted that cross-sectional studies have dominated the quantitative field so far, providing only limited insights when deviant behavior is understood as a dynamic process.

Presentations at the symposium will consider various forms of perceived deviant behavior, such as verbal or motor agitation/hyperactivity, aggression, passivity, or cheating, among others. The research gaps described will be addressed in which the presentations understand deviant behavior as behavior whose quality changes over time through interaction and interpretation of the indirectly and directly involved actors and is structured by characteristics of sociocultural background, school, and school system. The following main questions will therefore be addressed: How does deviant behavior develop among students in relation to interacting structural and contextual factors? What is the role of interpretation and interaction at the micro level in this process?

The three studies to be presented shed light on different aspects of these questions. Paper 1 investigates the development of deviant behavior in terms of an interactive interpretive process between teachers and students in several consecutive school lessons at the beginning of the first school year. Quantified observations of deviant behavior and teacher reactions are linked to qualitative teacher interviews on perceptions of their own and students’ behavior. The focus is on how teachers interpret comparable student behavior. Paper 2 examines students' subjective perspectives by focusing on school alienation as an interpretive framework that mirrors conditions and experiences within the school environment. In this argument, disruptive behavior in school is an expression of school alienation, a kind of functional action alternative being selected by alienated students. Structural equation modeling is used to examine how this relationship develops over several years in secondary school, and to what extent this process is structured by sociocultural background and school type. Paper 3 also focuses on the development of deviant behavior over a period of several years, here among 5-to 9-year-old students. The focus here is a comprehensive look at the ways in which different factors- child, family, school characteristics- interact to shape young people's behavior over time in the school and classroom context.

The symposium offers unique insights into the complex development of deviant behavior. With the individual and structural level as well as with the different methodological approaches, it addresses aspects that have so far received less attention in research. Thus, it opens up possibilities to better understand deviant behavior- and the contribution of students, teachers, and context- and to address it in an adequate way.


References
Caprara, G. V., Dodge, K. A., Pastorelli, C. & Zelli, A. (2006). The effects of marginal deviations on behavioral development. European Psychologist, 11 (2), 79.
Dodge, K. A. & Pettit, G. S. (2003). A biopsychosocial model of the development of chronic conduct problems in adolescence. Developmental Psychology, 39 (2), 349.
OECD. (2020). TALIS 2018 results (Volume II): Teachers and school leaders as valued professionals, TALIS. Paris: OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/19cf08df‐en.
Hascher, T., & Hadjar, A. (2018). School alienation – Theoretical approaches and educational research. Educational Research, 60(2), 171–188.
Payne, A. A. & Welch, K. (2010). Modeling the effects of racial threat on punitive and restorative school discipline practices. Criminology: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 48 (4), 1019–1062. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1745-9125.2010.00211.x
Skiba, R., Arredondo, M., & Williams, N. (2014). More than a metaphor: The contribution of exclusionary discipline to a school-to-prison pipeline. Equity & Excellence in Education, 47(4), 546–564.
Schuchart, C. Bühler-Niederberger. D. (2022). Störungen als interaktive Ereignisse im Mehrebenenkontext. Journal für lehrerInnenbildung 22(4), 36-59. https://elibrary.utb.de/doi/abs/10.35468/jlb-04-2022-02

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

From Disruption to Disruptors? Rule Transgression by First-Year Pupils and Reactions and Interpretations by Teachers

Claudia Schuchart (University of Wuppertal), Doris Bühler-Niederberger (University of Wuppertal), Leon Dittmann (University of Wuppertal)

We are interested in the development of deviant student careers. We refer to an interactionist approach of social reaction to rule‐transgression by students which assumes that being labelled for prior rule-transgressing behaviour may turn into a “master status” of the student overshadowing other characteristics of the person in the perception of the teacher (Cicourel 2020/1968; Caprara/Zimbado 1996; Lehman/David/Gruber 2017). We examine the beginning of this process among first-year pupils in the first months of the school year. Research questions: Which kind of rule transgressing behaviour can be observed among pupils and which behaviour is perceived and sanctioned as rule breaking by teachers? (1) To what extent do teachers differentiate in their reactions and interpretations between individual pupils? Method: We combine quantitative and qualitative methods. We observed the rule-transgressing behaviour of pupils (Volpe/Hintze 2005) and the reactions of teachers in 10 first classrooms during four consecutive lessons. 1999 observations from 199 children were recorded, analysed by using bivariate statistics. Short interviews were then conducted with 10 teachers, referring to the interpretation of the behaviour of 14 pupils with less than six and 21 pupils with more than ten observations. The interviews were analysed in an inductive-deductive procedure (Strauss/Corbin 1990) in which we elaborate theoretical concepts that can more precisely capture the interactions towards a deviant career. Results: Most of students’ rule-transgressing is not severe (45% “verbal” (e.g. chattering), 35% “motor” (e.g. walking around), 15% “passive” (e.g. staring out of the window)). Controlling for type of behaviour, teachers do not react to about half of the incidents, and if they react, they mostly mildly admonish. Children with many and children with few incidents are treated equally. Hence, these results suggest that the interpretation of rule-breaking by teachers is rather arbitrary, and not yet ascribed as an individual characteristic to pupils. However, the analysis of the teacher interviews indicates that they see the behaviour of pupils with few incidents mostly as "normal" and "childlike", while they interpret the behaviour of children with many incidents in a "long story", as contextualized in a family situation and as intentional. Conclusion: Although teachers might not yet treat pupils differently, they make clear differences between children at the level of interpretations. This could lead to increasing differences in the type of sanctions applied by teachers (Yeager/Lee 2021; Okonofua/Eberhardt 2015). Future research will show the extent to which this may induce a deviant career for some children.

References:

Cicourel, A. V. (1968/2020). Die soziale Organisation der Schule. In U. Bauer et al. (Hrsg.), Handbuch der Bildungs- und Erziehungssoziologie. Wiesbaden: Springer (Original in: E. Rubington & M. S. Weinberg (Eds.), Deviance. The interactionist Perspective (pp. 124-135). New York: MacMillan. Dodge, K. A. & Pettit, G. S. (2003). A biopsychosocial model of the development of chronic conduct problems in adolescence. Developmental Psychology, 39 (2), 349. Lehmann, B.J., David, D. M. & Gruber, J. A. (2017). Rethinking the biopsychosocial model of health: Understanding health as a dynamic system. Soc Personal Psychol Compass, 11. https://doi.org/10.1111/spc3.12328. Okonofua, J. A. & Eberhardt, J. L. (2015). Two Strikes: Race and the Disciplining of Young Students. Psychological Science, 26 (5), 617–624. https://doi.org/10.1177/0956797615570365 Strauss, A. L. & Corbin, J. M. (1990). Basics of qualitative research: Grounded theory procedures and techniques. Sage. Volpe, R. J., & Hintze, J. (2005). Observing students in classroom settings: A review of seven coding schemes. School Psychology Review, 34 (4), 454‐474. Yeager, D. S. & Lee, H. Y. (2021). The Incremental Theory of Personality Intervention. In G. M. Walton & A. J. Crum (Eds.), Handbook of wise interventions: How social psychology can help people change (pp. 305–323). The Guilford Press.
 

School Alienation and Student Disruptive Behaviour in Secondary Education in Luxembourg and in the Swiss Canton of Bern.

Jan Scharf (DIPF), Andreas Hadjar (University of Fribourg, Switzerland & University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg), Alyssa Greco (University of Dortmund), Tina Hascher (University of Bern, Switzerland)

This longitudinal study analyses the prevalence of disruptive behaviour in Luxembourgish and Swiss secondary schools and how this is affected by the attitudinal factor of school alienation towards three distinct domains of schooling: learning, teachers and classmates (see concept of Hascher & Hadjar 2018). Disruptive behaviour in school diverges from social norms in school and leads to conflicts between students, with teachers and impairs classroom and school climate. Schools are powerful learning environments that can foster students’ socio-emotional skills and prosocial behaviour (e.g., Spinrad & Eisenberg, 2009). However, schools can also foster the development of student disruptive behaviour that might be triggered by negative student experiences such as competition, stress, or social exclusion. A general conceptual approach to theorise the role of school alienation in the prevalence of student disruptive behaviour is provided by the Situational Action Theory (SAT; Wikström & Sampson, 2014): School alienation is a negative attitude that functions as frame for the selection of school behaviour. Behavioural alternatives are reduced to typical behavioural patterns that express a distance and dislike of school. Thus, alienated students may show disruptive behavioural patterns to express their resistance to school, to compensate for academic failure, or even in trying to meet the school’s expectations (e.g., cheating to pass a test) rather than considering behaviours that resemble the image of a ‘good pupil’. The sample is based on a non-random selection of secondary schools in Luxembourg and the Swiss Canton of Bern that participated in a three-year panel study from Grade 7 to 9 (LU: 370 students in 35 classrooms; CH: 373 students in 27 classrooms). Measuring school alienation, we employ the School Alienation Scale (SALS; Morinaj et al. 2017) comprising of three dimensions: alienation from learning, teachers, and classmates. Disruptive behaviour in school was measured on the basis of a 19-item self-report instrument introduced by Melzer and Schubarth (2006). Students had to indicate how often they practice behaviours such as cheating, afflicting other students, disturbing lessons or destroying things. Results of structural equation models indicate gender effects on both school alienation and deviance – with male students being more prone to alienation and disruptive behaviour. Immigrant background and social origin as well as the secondary school track only show isolated effects. Summarising the findings, alienation from learning, teachers and classmates shows rather cross-sectional effects on disruptive behaviour: Higher alienation goes along with stronger disruptive behaviour. Longitudinal effects of alienation are rare.

References:

Fishbein, M., & Ajzen, I. (1975). Belief, Attitude, Intention, and Behavior. Reading: Addison-Wesley. Hascher, T., & Hadjar, A. (2018). School alienation – Theoretical approaches and educational research. Educational Research, 60(2), 171–188. Melzer, W., & Schubarth, W. (2006). Gewalt als soziales Problem an Schulen. Untersuchungsergebnisse und Präventionsstrategien. Opladen: Barbara Budrich. Morinaj, J., Scharf, J., Grecu, A., Hadjar, A., Hascher, T. & Marcin, K. (2017). School Alienation. A Construct Validation Study. Frontline Learning Research, 5(2), 36–59. Spinrad, T. L., & Eisenberg, N. (2009). Empathy, prosocial behavior, and positive development in schools. In R. Gilman, E. S. Huebner, & M. J. Furlong (Eds.), Handbook of positive psychology in schools (pp. 119–129). New York: Routledge/Taylor & Francis Group. Wikström, P.‑O. H. (2014). Why Crime Happens. A situational action theory. In G. Manzo (Ed.), Analytical Sociology: actions and networks (pp. 74–94). West Sussex: Wiley.
 

Externalising Behaviour among Primary School Children

Emer Smyth (Economic and Social Research Institute), Merike Darmody (Economic and Social Research Institute)

Much of the research on the role of school factors in student behaviour has focused on secondary level, with disengagement seen as playing an important role in students acting out within class. In contrast, research on younger children has tended to emphasise the role of individual and family factors in shaping their socioemotional difficulties, with less attention to the way in which behaviour is constructed within the school and classroom. This paper attempts to contribute to this field by using longitudinal data from the Growing Up in Ireland (GUI, Smith/Darmody 2021) study to examine changes in student behaviour between five and nine years of age. The outcome is teacher-assessed externalising behaviour, measured using the conduct and hyperactivity subscales of the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire (SDQ). At the individual level, externalising behaviour among nine-year-olds is more prevalent among children whose families report financial strain, who live in urban areas and who have a chronic illness or disability. Levels are also higher for children from lone-parent and migrant-origin families. Externalising behaviour is much lower among girls and among those whose parents have higher levels of education. Behaviour is also responsive to the overall school context, being more prevalent in schools with a higher concentration of socio-economic disadvantage. Externalising behaviour is also shaped by the interaction between the child and the context, being higher where the teacher views the relationship as conflictual and where the child has more negative attitudes to school and school subjects. Further multilevel analyses will explore whether patterns of externalising behaviour vary across individual schools and between teachers. The second part of the paper examines whether externalising behaviour at age nine is influenced by experiences around the transition to primary school. Behaviour at age five is strongly predictive of behaviour four years later but experience of the transition to school also has a longer-term impact, with higher levels of externalising behaviour among children who regularly complained about school. Both teacher-child conflict and closeness at age five are associated with higher levels of externalising behaviour at age nine, suggesting that there may be an optimal balance in the quality of this early relationship. In sum, the paper points to a complex dynamic between school and class context and externalising behaviour from early on in primary school, suggesting the need to examine and address behaviour difficulties within context.

References:

Smyth, E. & Darmody, M. (2021): Risk and protective factors in adolescent brhaviour. The role of family, school and neihborhood characteristces in (mis)behaviour among young people. The Economic and Social Research Institute: ESRI Research Series No. 119.
 

 
Contact and Legal Notice · Contact Address:
Privacy Statement · Conference: ECER 2023
Conference Software: ConfTool Pro 2.6.150+TC
© 2001–2024 by Dr. H. Weinreich, Hamburg, Germany